Skip to main content

Full text of "The angler's instructor : a treatise on the best modes of angling in English rivers, lakes, and ponds, and on the habits of the fish"

See other formats


c.i4 


UC-NRLF 


^B   271    t,73 


m 


y 


}f 


aj^' 


en^ 


^^. 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 


*a. 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 

MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


m 


vn\ 


//t 


^. 


THE 


ANGLER'S    INSTRUCTOR 


A  TREATISE 


ON   THE   BEST   MODES   OF   ANGLING 


ENGLISH    RIVEES,    LAKES,    AND    PONDS 


ON  THE  HABITS  OF  THE  FISH 


WILLIAM    BAILEY,    NOTTINGHAM 


LONDON 
LONGMAN     AND     Co. 

NOTTINGHAM 
T.    FORMAN,     14,    LONG    ROW 

1857 


^  hides' 


PREFACE. 


Since  the  days  of  good  old  Izaak,  the  common  father,  figuratively 
speaking,  of  all  piscators,  the  art  of  Angling  has  improved  to 
such  a  degree  that  his  "  Complete  Angler," — although  it  does, 
and  shall  ever,  occupy  a  prominent  position  in  English  literature 
for  the  purity  of  its  style — is  not  now  regarded  as  a  "  guide, 
philosopher,  and  friend"  in  matters  relating  to  the  gentle  craft. 
In  fact,  the  book  has  long  been  considered  as  afibrding  more 
amusement  than  instruction  ;  and  during  the  two  hundred  years 
that  have  elapsed  since  Walton  wrote,  many  works  have  appeared 
to  correct  the  errors  which  he  fell  into,  and  to  disseminate,  what 
the  writers  conceived  to  be,  a  better  and  more  reliable  knowledge 
of  the  art.  In  the  belief  that  many  of  these  have  promulgated 
unsound  views,  and  that  the  piscatorial  directions  given  by  them 
are  generally  erroneous,  I  have  ventured  to  submit  to  the  public, 


ivi37;^591 


IV. 

in  the  following  pages,  the  opinions  which,  after  upwards  of 
twenty  years  practical  experience  as  an  Angler,  I  have  formed 
as  to  fish  and  fishing.  I  have,  indeed,  made  it  the  business  of 
my  life  to  study  the  habits  of  fresh- water  fish,  and  to  devise  the 
best  means  of  Angling  for  them  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  and  in 
every  condition  of  the  water, — so  that  the  sentiments  which  I 
have  expressed  in  this  work  are  not  founded  on  theory,  but  based 
on  long,  careful,  and  diligent  personal  observation.  Unfortunately^ 
I  am  no  scholar — I  am  but  a  "plain  blunt  man" — and  make  no 
pretensions  whatever  to  having  written  in  a  pleasing  and 
attractive  style.  If  I  have  succeeded  in  making  myself  under- 
stood, I  have  done  as  much  as  I  expected  to  be  able  to  perform 
in  a  literary  way. 

I  hope  the  contents  of  the  book  will  be  found  to  justify  the 
title  which  I  have  adopted  for  it.  I  have  described  the  habits 
of  the  fish — pointed  out  their  haunts  at  the  various  seasons  of 
the  year — the  best  baits  to  use  for  taking  them,  and  when,  how, 
and  where  they  should  be  Angled  for.  I  have  shown  what  rods, 
reels,  lines,  and  tackles  should  be  used  in  Angling  for  the  different 
fish ;  and,  in  short,  I  have  given  such  instructions,  and  laid  down 
such  rules  as,  I  think,  if  attended  to,  cannot  fail  to  make  a  good 
Angler  of  the  most  inapt  scholar. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  Salmon  is  not  among  the  fish  that 
I  have  treated  of.    Although  I  have  had  so  many  years  experience 


as  an  Angler,  and  have  killed  every  fish  of  any  note  common  to 
our  rivers,  lakes,  and  ponds,  1  have  never  had  opportunities  of 
fishing  for  the  King  of  fresh-waters,  and  hence  the  want  of  aay 
allusion  to  that  fish  in  the  following  pages.  Those  who  desire 
to  become  acquainted  with  the  style  of  Angling  for  Salmon, 
cannot  do  better  than  consult  the  admirable  treatises  on  this  fish 
by  "  Ephemera,"  of  BelVs  Life,  With  these  few  words  I  commit 
the  "  ANGiiEE's  IifSTETJCTOE"  to  the  favor  of  my  friends,  and, 
if  I  have  any,  to  the  merciful  consideration  of  my  enemies. 


Nottingham,   \st  Septembery  1857. 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/anglersinstructoOOb^ilrich 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

The   Pike;    his   Habits   and  how   to   Angle   for  him     ..         ,,  1 

The  Perch           13 

The  Trout 19 

The  Grayling 30 

The  Carp         36 

The  Tench            40 

The  Barbel 42 

The  Chub              ..         ..  65 

The  Bream 78 

The  Roach            87 

The  Dace         100 

The  Gudgeon ..         ..  107 


THE    PIKE. 


Pike  spawn  in  March  or  early  in  April,  and  are  out  of  season 
for  three  or  four  weeks  thereafter,  during  which  time  they  lie 
in  a  torpid  state  and  refuse  to  bite.  But  they  ought  never  to 
be  angled  for  at  that  period  as  they  are  then  unwholesome  and 
unfit  for  food.  AVhile  Pike  are  in  this  weak  and  listless 
condition  great  numbers  of  them,  I  am  sorry  to  say,  are  killed 
by'the  net,  snare,  and  gun — a  practice  which  cannot- be  suffi- 
ciently deprecated,  and  which  no  Angler  could  be  guilty  of  in- 
dulging in.  If  I  had  the  power  I  would  pass  an  enactment 
to  prevent  fishing  for  Pike  in  rivers  in  March,  April,  and  May, 
and  in  stagnant  waters  in  these  months  and  June.  Pike  in  still 
waters,  such  as  lakes  and  ponds,  take  a  longer  time  to  recover 
from  the  e?thausting  eff'ects  of  spawning,  and  it  is  on  that  ac- 
count that  I  would  give  them  a  month's  longer  rest  than  I 
would  such  as  can  frequent  streams.  But,  in  fact.  Pike  caught 
in  ponds  are  not  at  any  time  in  good  condition.  If  Pike  caught 
in  ponds  could  speak,  I  fancy  they  would  address  the  owners 
somewhat  in  this  fashion  : — "  It  is  cruel  of  you,  gentlemen,  to 
keep  us  continually  prisoners  in  this  abominable  stagnant  water, 
when  thousands  of  our  fellow  fish  are  enjoying  themselves  in 
the  pleasant  streams.  We  have  scarce  anything  to  eat,  and 
only  the  same  dirty  muddy  water  to  drink  over  and  over  again ; 
and,  of  course,  we  get  long  and  thin,  and  lose  our  flavour. 
Then  the  Angler  cornea,  and  when  we  are  caught  we  are  abused 

B 


for  being  miserable  ill-favoured  tilings.  It  is  you,  gentlemen, 
who,  by  keeping  us  in  ponds,  out  of  wliicli  we  cannot  get  to  the 
streams,  which  so  much  tends  to  improve  our  condition,  that 
have  brought  upon  us  a  bad  name." 

Some  writers  relate  wonderful  stories  about  the  size  to  which 
Pike  grow,  and  the  voracity  of  their  appetite.  Many  allege 
that  Pike  will  grow  to  the  weight  of  seventy  pounds  or  more, 
and  that  it  is  a  common  thing  for  him  to  swallow  a  duck  for 
dinner,  taking  by  way  of  dessert  a  few  frogs,  newts,  and  snails ; 
rats  and  mice  making  a  supper  which  he  relishes.  As  to  size, 
although  I  have  seen  thousands  of  Pike,  I  have  never  looked' 
upon  one  weighing  more  than  thirty-six  pounds.  The  latter 
part  of  the  statement  cannot  be  disputed. 

But  enough  of  this,  exclaims  the  young  Angler,  what  I  want 
to  know  is  how  to  angle  for  the  Pike.  Pray  come  with  me  for 
a  day's  Pike-fishing  to-morrow. 

Frofessor. — Well,  I  will  have  a  day  with  you  to-morrow. 
Having  studied  the  habits  of  the  Pike  during  every  period  of 
the  year,  and  having  had  twenty  years  practical  experience  as 
an  Angler,  I  flatter  myself  I  will  be  able  to  teach  you  how  and 
when  he  should  be  fished  for. 


Fupil. — Well,  here  we  are,  and  here  are  the  Pike;  I  can  see 
them  in  shoals.     We  shall  have  good  sport  to-day,  I  warrant. 

Professor. — Stop,  my  young  friend,  you  must  not  get  on  so 
fast.  I  admit  you  can  see  them,  but  neither  you  nor  I  can 
catch  them  by  fair  means,  and  foul  means  do  not  become  an 
Angler.  I  have  merely  come  with  you  to-day  to  show  you  that 
fishing  for  Pike  now  is  useless. 

Pupil. — Why  will  the  fish  not  bite  ? 

Professor. — This  day  is  the  first  of  April — ^just  the  time  of 
the  year  that  Pike  deposit  their  spawn  and  will  not  bite.  They 
leave  the  deep  waters  at  this  season  and  run  up  dikes,  small 
streams,  backwaters,  and  shallow  places,  for  the  purpose  of 
generation,  and  deposit  their  spawn  among  the   weeds  over 


3 

which  you  now  see  them.  In  this  state  they  are,  of  course, 
exposed  to  much  danger,  and  cowardly  fellows  taking  advantage 
of  their  inertia,  destroy  them  at  this  period  in  large  numbers ; 
but  the  Angler  will  lay  by  his  rod  for  six  weeks  or  a  couple  of 
months,  by  which  time  the  fish  will  have  got  into  good  condi- 
tion, and  will  afford  good  sport. 

Pupil, — Then,  the  proper  time  to  commence  fishing  for  Pike 
will  be ? 

Frofessor. — Eight  weeks  hereafter.  You  might  induce  a  few 
to  bite  in  six  weeks  hence,  but  they  will  be  scarcely  in  prime 
condition  before  two  months.  But,  of  course,  if  you  fish  for 
them  at  the  end  of  that  time  you  must  look  for  them  somewhere 
else,  for  they  will  be  gone  from  here.  They  only  visit  these 
shallows  for  the  purpose  of  spawning. 

Pupil. — Then  where  shall  I  be  most  likely  to  find  Pike  when 
I  go  a-fishing  ? 

Professor. — Pike  leave  their  spawning  places  in  May,  and  be- 
take themselves  to  the  streams  to  clean  themselves.  Where 
you  find  a  sharp  stream  three  or  four  feet  deep  with  a  rest, 
or  a  conjunction  of  two  streams  with  a  rest  between  them,  or 
a  shallow  still  water  w^ith  a  gravelly  bottom  and  a  little  weed, 
by  the  side  of  a  stream,  there  you  will  find  Pike  in  May  and 
June.  As  July  and  August  approach  they  will  go  more  into 
deeper  water — under  weirs,  and  old  trees  sunk  in  water  pools, 
with  flags  by  the  side.  As  a  general  rule,  wherever  you  can 
find  flags,  reed,  or  cover  of  any  sort,  and  a  deep  water,  you  will 
be  sure  to  find  him  up  till  the  latter  end  of  October  or  begin- 
ning of  !N"ovember.  Tow-ards  the  latter  end  of  summer  he  will 
occasionally  sally  out  from  the  deeps  and  chase  the  small  fry 
across  the  water  on  to  the  shallows,  where  I  have  often  caught 
him  and  brought  him  home  to  save  him  the  trouble  of  returning. 
About  November  he  gets  to  the  mouths  of  backwaters.  He 
does  not  go  up,  but  remains  at  the  entrance  in  the  still  water 
by  the  side  of  the  stream  that  runs  past.  This  is  a  favourite 
resort  of  his  during  winter.  In  spring  he  makes  again  for 
the  shallows  to  spawn. 


Fupil. — Very  good.  What  are  the  best  description  of  days 
to  fish  for  Pike  ? 

Professor.  -Never  go  Pike  fishing  when  it  freezes  sharp. 
As  soon  as  you  wet  your  line  it  becomes  as  thick  as  a  rope  by 
becoming  coated  with  ice,  and  your  rings  get  stopped  up.  Be- 
sides, although  some  writers  on  Angling  say  Pike  will  bite  well 
in  such  a  state  of  the  weather,  I  can  assure  you  they  are  very 
much  mistaken.  In  January  and  February,  when  the  weather 
is  open  and  a  little  sun  shining,  and  the  water  clear,  with  a  gentle 
breeze  blowing.  Pike  will  bite  well.  A  calm  still  day  is  bad  for 
Pike  fishing  at  any  time  of  the  year,  but  particularly  in  sum- 
mer when  the  weather  is  hot,  but  they  may  be  taken  on  such 
days  in  the  morning  and  evening.  A  good  rough  wind  will 
keep  them  abve  in  the  hottest  weather.  As  a  general  rule, 
however,  you  can  take  great  store  of  Pike  in  spring,  summer, 
autumn,  or  winter,  if  the  water  is  clear  and  rippled  by  a  gentle 
breeze  and  the  day  cloudy. 

Pupil.  —"What  bait  do  you  consider  best  for  pike  fishing  ? 

Professor. — The  baits  used  for  taking  Pike  are  very  nu- 
merous, some  Anglers  preferring  one  kind  and  others  another, 
but  in  my  opinion  a  Dace  of  two  ounces  is  the  best,  next  the 
Roach,  then  the  Gudgeon  and  the  Witling  or  Bleak.  The  Dace 
and  the  Koach  for  live  bait.  Bleak  for  spinning,  and  Grudgeon 
for  dead  gorge  or  trolling.  I  always  use  a  Dace  when  I  can 
get  one,  as  he  is  very  showy  and  wears  well  as  ix  live  bait,  and 
I  am  sure  Pike  will  take  a  Dace  before  any  other  bait.  All 
artificial  baits  are  useless.  I  remember  seeing  a  gentleman 
fishing  for  Pike  with  an  artificial  bait  on  as  fine  a  day  as  could 
be  wished  for  Pike  fishing;  but  although  he  fished  all  over  the 
water  he  never  got  a  single  run.  He  asked  me  if  I  could  tell 
him  the  reason  why  he  had  such  bad  luck.  I  answered  by 
giving  him  a  few  Dace  and  telling  him  to  try  over  the  same 
water  which  he  had  already  fished  with  the  artificial  bait.  He 
did  so,  and  returned  in  an  hour  with  five  good  fish.  "  Ah, 
fisherman,"  said  he,  "I  am  satisfied  the  artificial  bait  is  useless 
wherever  the  natural  one  comes." 


Pw/)^7.— What  do  you  think  of  this  rod  of  mine  for  Pike 
fishing  ?  It  seems  a  nice  rod  and  cost  me  thirty  shillings,  but 
it  makes  my  arms  ache  confonndedly. 

Professor.— It  may  well  do  so.  It  looks  more  like  the  mast 
of  a  fishing  smack  than  a  fishing  rod.  Why,  it  can't  be  less  than 
eighteen  feet,  and  it  is  as  stift'  as  a  prop.  I  am  very  fond  of 
Angling,  but  if  I  were  compelled  to  fish  with  such  a  rod  as  that, 
I  would  soon  tire  of  the  sport.  I  have  tried  all  sorts  of  rods, 
but  I  have  found  none  equal  to  the  one  I  make  myself.  It  is 
twelve  feet  long,  light  and  handy,  and  you  may  fish  with  it  all 
day  with  ease.  It  is  in  four  parts,  two  made  of  lance  wood  and 
two  of  red  deal — the  lance  wood  being,  of  course,  used  for  the 
top  pieces ;  the  deal  must  be  good  and  well  seasoned,  and  then 
nothing  in  the  shape  of  a  fish  can  break  it. 

Pupil. — What  do  you  think  of  this  reel  of  mine  ?  It  is  a 
brass  multiplier  and  winds  up  very  quick. 

Professor. — Your  rod  and  reel  match  very  well.  I  once  saw 
a  gentleman  angling  on  the  Thames  with  one  of  those  multiply- 
ing reels.  He  was  Eoach  fishing,  but  happened  to  hook  a  Barbel 
about  three  or  four  pounds  weight — a  game  fish.  Well,  off"  he 
went  at  a  tangent,  and  I  could  plainly  see  what  would  follow,  for 
the  reel  could  not  give  out  the  line  fast  enough  and  easy  enough 
for  the  fish,  so  snap  it  went,  and  float,  tackle,  and  fish  were  lost. 
You  cannot  have  a  reel  too  light  or  that  runs  too  free.  The 
best  is  a  four  inch  common  wood  reel,  varnished  to  keep  the  rain 
from  swelling  the  wood — the  only  brass  about  it  being  the  hoop 
for  fastening  it  to  the  rod.  Brass  inside  and  out  adds  to 'its 
weight  and  lessens  its  utility.  To  cast  a  long  line  you  must 
have  a  free  and  easy  running  reel. 

Pupil. — Well,  it  appears  neither  rod  nor  reel  will  do.  What 
do  you  say  to  the  line  ? 

Professor. — Your  line  is  too  thick,  and  made  of  silk  and  hair 
— a  mixture  that  I  do  not  approve  of.  I  suppose  if  you  were 
to  hook  a  fish  you  would  (depending  upon  the  strength  of  your 
line)  pull  him  out  at  once,  nolens  volens.  But  let  me  tell  you 
there  is  neither  art  nor  sport  in  that  style  of  fishing.     When  a 


fish  ia  once  properly  hooked,  of  course  you  can  make  him  se- 
cure if  you  have  got  a  cable  for  a  line ;  but,  believe  me,  you  can 
never  angle  well  nor  successfully  with  a  thick  line.  You  may 
require  to  throw  your  bait  a  great  distance  from  you,  and  after 
you  have  done  so  you  must  play  it  in  such  a  way  as  to  tempt  a 
fish  to  bite  whether  hungry  or  not ;  and,  let  me  assure  you,  you 
can  neither  do  the  one  nor  the  other  with  a  great  stout  line. 
A  line  made  wholly  of  good  silk,  well  plaited,  is  the  best  for 
Pike  fishing.  I'ifty  yards  of  such  a  line  ou'ght  to  weigh  no 
more  than  three  quarters  of  an  ounce ;  and  if  it  is  well  made 
you  can  kill  with  it  the  largest  fish  that  swim  in  fresh  water. 

Pupil. — One  question  more,  good  fisherman,  and  then  I  go. 
What  tackle  ia  the  best  to  use  for  Pike  fishing  ? 

Professor. — Take  your  time,  my  young  friend,  I  have  not 
done  with  your  initiation  yet.  Tnere  are  many  kinds  of  tackle 
used,  and  Anglers  difier  very  much  as  to  which  is  best.  Many 
allege  that  the  dead  gorge,  or  trolling  tackle,  is  the  most  killing, 
but  that  is  mere  "  bosh,"  and  those  who  hold  that  opinion  are 
very  much  mistaken.     The  principal  Pike  fishing  tackles  are : 

The  spring  or  dead  snap. 

The  dead  gorge  or  trolling, 

The  saddle  or  live  snap. 

The  live  bait  or  gorge, 

The  spinning  or  dead  snap^ 
and 

Single  hook  spinning. 
I  have  tried  and  proved  all  the  above,  and  my  opinion  is  that 
the  best  of  the  lot  is  the  spinning  or  dead  snap ;  the  next 
best  being  the  live  bait  or  gorge.  These  two  kinds  will  be 
found  to  surpass  every  other  description  of  tackle  invented  for 
capturing  Pike.  Many  Anglers  will,  I  know,  be  unwilling  to 
concur  in  my  opinion ;  but  I  will  just  relate  how  I  convinced  a 
brother  of  the  angle  of  the  correctness  of  my-  belief.  Taking 
a  fancy  for  a  day's  Pike  fishing,  I  started  ofi"  for  the  river 
with  my  rod  in  my  hand  and  a  few  dead  baits  in  my  pocket. 
The  wind  was  to  my  mind,  and  the  water  was  in  fine  condition. 


I  speedily  commenced  work,  and  in  a  cast  or  two  hooked  and 
landed  a  very  goodfish  weighing  sevenpounds.  Just  as  I  had  done 
so,  up  came  my  friend.  "That's  a  fine  fish,"  said  he,  "I  have 
fished  down  all  this  side  of  the  water,  and  have  not  had  a  single 
run.  Would  you  have  any  objection  to  my  accompanying 
you  ?  "  "  None  whatever,"  I  replied.  So  we  both  started  to- 
gether, and  in  a  short  time  I  landed  three  more  fish — one  five 
pounds,  and  two  three  pounds  each.  "How  is  it,"  he  said, 
"  that  although  I  throw  in  the  same  places  with  you  I  never  get 
a  ruu?"  Now,  my  friend  was  trolling  or  dead  gorge  fishing. 
There  was  a  sharp  stream,  and  over  the^  stream  a  rest,  in  which 
place  the  fish  lay.  He  threw  his  gorge  into  the  still  water,  but 
while  he  was  permitting  it  to  sink  a  little  the  current  pressed  on 
the  line  and  dragged  the  bait  away  before  he  had  a  chance  of 
working  it.  My  tackle  was  spinning  or  dead  snap,  which  can  be 
worked  attractively  the  moment  the  bait  drops  into  the  water, 
which  cannot  be  done  with  the  dead  gorge.  I  recommended 
my  friend  to  put  on  a  spinner,  which  I  lent  him,  and  at  the 
second  throw  he  killed  a  fish  of  six  pounds.  "Ah,"  said  he, 
"  I  see ;  no  more  dead  gorge  for  me.  I  always  thought  trolling 
was  the  best  mode  of  fishing  for  Pike,  but  I  see  I  have  been 
wrong,  but  I  shall  be  wiser  for  the  future."  Yes,  dead  gorge 
is  the  old  style  of  Pike  fishing,  and  a  very  indifferent  style  it  is. 
It  may  do  very  well  for  bobbing  about  the  side  among  weed, 
but  something  on  a  more  improved  principle  is  required  for 
fishing  at  a  distance  in  a  river.  My  two  favorite  tackles  are 
made  in  this  style : — The  spinner  is  twenty-eight  inches  long, 
made  of  gimp,  not  too  stout;  two  treble  hooks  and  lip  hook  ; 
the  bottom  treble  hooks  are  eleven  inches  from  the  first  swivel, 
there  being  seventeen  inches  from  the  first  swivel  to  the  top  of 
the  tackle ;  the  distance  between  the  top  of  the  lip  hook  to  the 
bottom  of  the  treble  hooks  is  four  inches,  but  you  can  have  two 
or  three  different  sizes  so  as  to  suit  large  or  small  baits.  The 
live  bait  tackle  is  eighteen  inches  long,  also  made  of  gimp;  two 
large  hooks  and  a  small  one  brazed  together,  the  lead  in  the 
middle  and  the  swivel  at  the  top.      As  gimp  is  very  bright 


when  new  and  shines  very  much  in  the  water  on  a  sunny  day, 
you  had  better,  before  using  it,  hang  it  outside  for  a  few  days. 
Exposure  to  the  air  will  give  it  a  pale  brown  hue,  which  is 
preferable  to  a  bright  glaring  colour. 

Pupil. —  Now,  I  suppose  I  know  all  that  is  necessary  to  enable 
me  to  commence  Pike  fishing  ? 

Professor. — Not  quite.  Eor  live  bait  fishing  you  will  require 
to  use  a  float.  A  cork  float  is  the  best  for  that  purpose,  and 
it  must  not  be  in  the  bung  shape,  but  cut  long  and  thin  and 
nicely  smoothed.  I  would  recommend  you  to  take  a  landing- 
net  with  you  when  you  go  a  Pike-fishing.  Many  a  good  fish 
has  been  lost  for  the  want  of  this  useful  article.  If  you  can't 
fish  from  the  bank  ano.  wish  to  keep  dry  feet,  put  on  a  pair  of 
water  boots.  When  buying  a  fish  basket  take  care  to  get  one 
large  enough,  for  it  is  a  bore  when  you  catch  fifty  or  sixty 
pounds  weight  of  fish  to  have  no  place  to  stow  them  in.  Take 
a  bite  and  a  drop  with  you  when  you  go  out,  for  your  stomach's 
sake;  but  do  not  eat  and  drink  too  much  else  there  will  be  little 
sport.  And  now,  my  young  friend,  you  can  be  ofl"  to  the  water 
as  soon  as  you  like.  When  you  do  go  out  for  a  day's  fishing 
make  a  day  of  it,  and  be  not  daunted  at  the  first  or  the  second 
failure ;  fish  here,  there,  and  everywhere,  and  persevere  so  long 
as  there  is  a  moment  of  daylight  rather  than  come  home  with 
an  empty  basket ;  and,  let  me  beseech  you  never  to  lose  your 
temper  at  the  little  difiiculties  you  may  have  to  encounter ;  the 
learning  how  to  overcome  those  difiiculties  will  enable  you  to 
attain  to  a  knowledge  of  the  art,  and  by-and-by  make  you  a 
good  Angler. 

THE  AET  OF  ANGLING  EOR  PIKE. 

If  any  one  expects  to  be  here  informed  how  to  capture  Pike  by 
foul  and  ungentlemanly  means,  he  will  find  himself  very  much 
disappointed.  I  am  surprised  so  many  writers  on  angling  not 
only  make  mention  of  the  various  snares  used  for  poaching 
pike,  but  also  accurately  describe  how  they  may  be  made  and 
put  into  use, — a  piece  of  information  that,  I  feel  assured,  no 


9 

disciple  of  Isaak  Walton  will  thank  them  for  disseminating. 
I  have  no  respect  for  the  man  ^^  ho  can  brntally  and  cowardly 
kill  this  excellent  fish  by  means  of  the  snare,  trimmer,  net, 
and  gun.  I  am,  I  hope,  a  true  Angler,  and  it  is  the  fair  and 
gentle  art  of  Angling  that  I  profess  to  teach,  not  the  coarse 
and  sanguinary  method  of  massacreing  fish. 

The  spinner  is  the  best  to  fish  with  from  June  till  October 
in  rivers,  but  in  ponds  and  lakes  the  live  bait  can  be  advanta- 
geously used  occasionally.  Lay  out  in  some  cold  exposed  place 
whatever  dead  baits  you  intend  to  spin  with,  so  as  to  make  them 
stiff  and  keep  better  on  the  hooks  in  the  form  you  desire.  Select 
the  bait  you  think  most  likely,  Dace  oV  Bleak,  and  put  the  lip 
hook  through  both  lips,  and  one  of  the  first  treble  hooks  in 
one  of  the  shoulders,  bending  the  bait  a  little  at  the  same  time; 
then  take  the  bottom  treble  hooks  and  put  one  in  at  the  tail 
on  the  other  side  of  the  bait,  giving  a  slight  curve  in  doing  so 
to  the  tail.  You  are  now  ready  for  a  cast.  Select  a  place  you 
consider  likely,  and  throw  the  bait  into  the  spot  you  desire  to  fish. 
I  would  here  recommend  the  young  Angler  to  fix  a  plummet  or 
any  sort  of  weight  to  his  line  and  practice  throwing  at  a  mark. 
Let  him  begin  at  twenty  yards  and  increase  gradually  until 
he  can  throw  forty  or  fifty  yards,  when  he  will  do.  Well, 
having  cast  your  bait  as  far  as  possible,  allow  it,  if  you  are 
fishing  in  a  pond,  or  lake  or  deep  water,  to  sink  a  little,  say  two 
feet,  then  wind  away  at  a  brisk  rate,  holding  your  rod  on  one 
side  rather  low ;  if  no  run  wind  out  and  throw  again,  but  this 
time  wind  brisk  four  or  five  yards,  then  all  of  a  sudden  stop  a 
moment,  then  off  again,  doing  so  three  or  four  times  in  one 
cast.  I  h-ave  often  found  this  a  good  plan.  If  you  still  have 
no  run  try  another  throw  and  wind  brisk  as  before,  but  occa- 
sionally giving  your  rod  a  sharp  but  short  twitch.  I  have  also 
found  this  an  excellent  method  of  using  the  spinner,  but  should 
it  prove  unsuccessful,  here  is  another  style :  Throw  as  before, 
but  on  this  occasion  wind  slow  four  or  five  yards,  then  with 
your  rod  drag  the  bait  one  or  two  yards  sharp  through  the 
water,  stop  a  moment  and  wind  slow  again ;  you  will  sometimes 


]0 

fiDd  when  resuming  the  slow  winding  process  that  your  bait  is 
brought  to  a  dead  stop,  wliich  of  course  you  must  answer  with 
a  jerk  of  your  rod.  If  you  feel  you  have  got  a  fish  give  him 
one  or  two  more  as  quick  as  lightning,  for  you  can  seldom  put 
the  hook  firmly  in  at  the  first  strike.  When  you  have  got  a  run 
you  will  sometimes  feel  a  sharp  tug,  but  you  will  invariably  be  ap- 
prised of.it  by  your  line  coming  to  a  sudden  stop,  as  if  you  had 
hooked  a  clump  of  wood.  When  you  do  hook  a  fish  give  him 
line,  but  keep  one  finger  on  the  reel  so  as  to  preserve  the  line 
taut,  and  play  him  artfully.  Do  not  use  brute  force  as  I  once 
saw  an  Angler  do.  He  had  hooked  a  Pike  which,  from  the 
rushes  it  made,  I  judged  to  be  about  twelve  or  fourteen  pounds. 
I  said,  "  Do  not  let  him  get  away."  "  Why,  it's  only  a  fish," 
says  he,  "  and  I  think  I  can  pull  as  hard  as  he  can."  So  at  it 
they  went  pell-mell,  now  fish  now  fisherman,  but  only  for  a 
short  time,  for  crack  went  the  line  and  off"  went  the  fish,  leaving 
the  defeated  Angler  to  exclaim,  with  an  astonished  air,  "  who 
tvould  have  thought  it  ?  "  When  spinning  in  rivers  where  there 
is  a  strong  current,  take  care  to  wind  very  slow,  otherwise  your 
bait  will  be  always  on  the  surface  of  the  water.  You  may  kill 
more  fish  with  the  live  bait  than  with  the  spinner  in  ponds 
and  lakes  at  all  times  from  July  till  February,  but  you  cannot 
in  rivers.  From  October  till  February,  when  the  fish  have  left 
the  streams,  and  are  in  the  still  waters,  the  live  bait  is  then,  no 
doubt,  the  best.  I  consider  November  the  best  month  in  the 
year  for  Pike  fishing ;  the  Pike  are  then  in  better  condition 
than  at  any  other  time  of  the  year.  On  the  13th  of  November, 
1856,  I  accompanied  two  gentlemen  to  a  back-water  on  the 
Trent,  and  with  two  rods  we  succeeded  in  taking,  with  the  live 
bait,  in  five  hours,  twenty-three  Pike,  weighing  together  one 
hundred  and  fourteen  pounds — the  largest  being  10  lbs  weight. 
To  preserve  your  live  bait,  you  will  require  to  keep  them  in 
a  good  sized  bait  tin,  changing  the  water  frequently,  or  what 
is  better,  put  the  bait  tin  into  the  water  while  you  are 
fishing.  They  will  keep  stronger  and  more  lively  in  this 
way  than   in  any  other.     When  you  wish   to   fish   with  the 


11 

live  bait  put  on  a  cork  float  and  live  bait  tackle.  Take  the 
small  hook  and  remove  a  scale  by  the  side  of  the  back,  or 
dorsal  fin,  at  which  place  put  the  hook  carefully  in,  but  not  so 
deep  as  to  touch  the  back  bone,  which  would  kill  the  bait.  Fix 
your  float  about  two  feet  above  the  bait,  if  the  water  is  from 
four  to  five  deep ;  and  higher  or  lower  according  to  the  depth  of 
the  water.  Cast  your  bait  from  your  reel  to  a  likely  place.  If 
you  have  not  a  run  in  the  course  of  a  minute,  remove  it  two  or 
three  yards  this  way  or  that  Never  allow  the  bait  to  remain 
longer  than  a  minute  in  one  place.  When  you  get  a  run,  the 
float  will  sometimes  vanish  as  if  shot  ofl",  but  you  must  not 
strike  when  the  float  disappears.  If  the  fish  runs  give  him  line 
slack  from  the  reel.  As  soon  as  he  has  done  running  allow 
him  a  minute  to  gorge ;  then  wind  up  the  slack  of  your  line 
and  strike  sharp,  but  not  too  hard,  or  you  may  cause  a  break. 
If  you  find  you  have  got  him  strike  again  twice,  sharp  and  quick, 
so  as  to  make  sure  of  having  him  fairly  and  securely  hooked. 
By  always  adopting  this  plan  I  do  not  loose  a  fish  out  of  twenty. 
Spinning  the  Minnow  is  considered  by  some  people  a  capital 
mode  of  fishing  for  Pike.  Indeed,  I  know  several  gentlemen 
who  never  angle  for  Pike  with  any  other  bait  but  the  Minnow ; 
using  it  either  as  a  live  or  dead  bait.  I  have  myself  had  excel- 
lent sport  with  the  Minnow.  I  have  seen  Pike  snap  the  live 
Minnow  as  frequently  as  cast.  In  the  summer  months  when 
the  fish  are  in  the  streams,  spin  the  Minnow  in  the  same  way, 
and  in  the  same  places,  as  recommended  for  spinning  with  the 
Dace;  but  your  tackle  must  be  lighter.  A  one-handed  rod, 
twelve  feet  long,  and  not  very  stifl',  is  the  best.  As  you  have 
little  weight  to  throw  you  must  cast  from  the  hand.  Tour  line, 
which  must  be  made  of  the  best  silk,  must  be  finely  plaited,  and 
one  hundred  yards  of  it  should  weigh  about  three  quarters  of 
an  ounce.  Your  tackle  must  be  made  in  the  same  form  as  that 
recommended  for  spinning  the  Dace  with ;  but  instead  of  gimp 
use  Spanish  gut.  Here  is  an  explanation : — Take  two  lengths 
of  stout  gut,  join  them,  and  put  a  swivel  and  small  lead  in 
the  middle,  and  a  swivel  at  the  top.     Lap  your  bottom  gut  five 


12 

or  six  inclies  up,  with  fine  tinsel,  before  you  tie  on  the  hooks, 
so  as  to  prevent  the  Pike's  teeth  coming  iu  contact  with  the 
gut.  Let  your  hooks  be  small,  say  No.  8.  There  is  another 
tackle  made  for  spinning  the  Minnow,  which  I  think  is  prefer- 
able to  the  above.  It  is  made  thus  : — Take  two  lengths  of  gut 
as  before,  put  the  two  swivels  and  lead  on  the  top  gut,  and 
tinsel  five  or  six  inches  of  the  lower,  next  the  hooks.  Make  a 
noose  at  the  top  end  of  the  gut  large  enough  to  allow  the  Minnow 
to  pass  through;  tie  a  single  hook  on,  say  No.  1,  and  take  a  baiting 
needle  and  fix  it  to  the  noose,  then  pat  the  needle  in  at  tlie  end 
of  the  tail  on  one  side,  and  bring  it  out  at  the  mouth,  drawing 
the  shank  of  the  hook  inside  of  the  bait,  and  causing  the  bend 
of  the  hook  to  bend  the  tail ;  put  the  noose  through  the  swivel, 
and  the  Minnow  through  the  noose,  and  draw  up.  This,  in  my 
opinion,  is  the  best  tackle  for  spinning  the  Minnow  with.  You 
must  strike  as  soon  as  you  feel  a  run.  You  will  require  a  quill 
float  on  your  line  in  fishing  with  the  live  Minnow.  A  large 
turkey  or  swan  quill  float  without  cork  is  the  best.  Your 
tackle  must  be  made  of  two  strong  guts  joined  together,  tinsel 
at  the  bottom,  and  a  small  lead  in  the  middle.  No  swivels  are 
required.  A  single  hook.  No.  2,  put  in  at  the  mouth  will  do; 
or  you  may  use  a  No.  2  hook  with  a  small  one.  No.  9,  tied  to 
it,  and  put  under  the  back  fin.  AVhen  you  get  a  run  with  this 
tackle,  half  a  minute  is  quite  sufficient  to  give  the  fish  before 
striking.  Pish  with  the  live  Minnow  for  Pike  in  the  same 
places  as  I  have  recommended  fishing  with  the  live  Dace. 


THE     PERCH. 


Perch  cast  tbeir  spawn  at  the  latter  end  of  April,  or  beginning 
of  May,  and  ought  not  to  be  fished  for  until  the  latter  end  of 
June,  or  beginning  of  July.  I  have  taken  them,  however,  in 
good  condition  early  in  June,  when  fishing  for  Bream  with  the 
worm.  Three  or  four  wTeks  after  spawning,  Perch  are  very 
voracious,  and  will  run  at  anything ;  no  matter  what  it  is,  or 
what  you  are  fishing  for,  if  it  comes  within  his  sight,  a  Perch 
will  greedily  seize  it.  They  deposit  their  spawn  amongst 
weeds,  and  in  shallow  spots  with  gravelly  bottoms  and  weeds 
rear.  In  fact,  they  resort  to  the  same  places  as  Pike  do  to 
spawn.  I  have  seen  them  in  hundreds  in  places  which  I  knew 
to  be  regularly  frequented  for  spawning  purposes  by  Pike.  But 
Perch  are  more  wary  than  their  big  friends,  and  will  not  ven- 
ture to  run  up  every  dike,  or  small  stream,  that  comes  in  their 
way  as  Pike  will  do.  I  have  seen  them,  indeed,  in  rivers  spawn 
in  spots  that  I  knew  to  be  good  places  to  fish  for  them.  But  in 
ponds  and  lakes  Perch  always  seek  the  shallowest  parts  with 
weeds  for  spawning,  and  after  the  operation  is  over,  the  deeps 
and  shallovrs  are  alike.  But  in  rivers  this  is  not  the  case. 
After  remaining  where  the  spawn  is  deposited  they  go  to  the 
streams,  where  they  stay  for  a  short  time,  say  in  June  or  July. 
They  then  make  for  their  regular  haunts,  under  weirs,  and  by 
the  side  of  sharp  streams,  where  there  are  flags,  and  a  deep  heavy 
current ;  but  at  the  end  of  summer  they  seek  stiller,  but  not 


14 

still,  water,  where  there  are  flags  and  reeds ;  or  a  gravelly  bot- 
tom by  the  side  of  wdllow  beds,  trees,  bushes,  or  anything  that 
will  afford  cover.  I'rom  October  till  April  Perch  will  be  found 
in  such  places  as  I  have  previously  mentioned  Pike  resort  to  in 
winter ;  except  in  the  depth  of  winter,  when  they  like  a  sandy 
bottom.  The  months  for  Perch  fishing  are  July,  August,  and 
September ;  but  I  have  caught  them  very  freely  in  March,  and 
in  the  beginning  of  April.  Perch  seldom  bite  in  sharp  frosty 
weather ;  but  when  the  weather  is  open  and  mild  you  may  take 
Perch,  more  or  less,  all  through  the  winter.  I  have  seen  them 
bite  well  on  a  still  misty  morning  in  summer ;  but  as  a  general 
rule,  a  dull  day,  with  a  gentle  breeze  blowing,  is  the  best  for 
Perch  fishing.  They  do  not  fancy  feeding  on  bright  sunny 
days. 

The  rod  for  Perch  fishing  should  be  made  light  and  handy — 
not  stiff  as  some  Anglers  prefer.  The  best  is  a  light  rod, 
twelve  feet  long,  that  will  hit  sharp  from  the  top  ;  every  joint  of 
which,  when  a  fish  is  hooked,  will  take  a  proportionate  share  of 
the  labour.  In  fact,  a  Koach  rod  is  strong  enough  to  kill  a 
Perch.  There  is  nothing  so  formidable  in  a  Perch  that  you 
should  require  a  rod  as  stiff  as  a  prop.  The  rod  which  I  use  is 
just  a  light  Eoach  rod.  I  have  killed  Perch  from  three  to  four 
pounds  weight  with  it,  and  I  have  no  doubt  I  could  land  with 
it  the  largest  Perch  that  ever  swam,  and  never  fear  a  break. 

I  would  recommend  a  three-inch  common  wood  reel  for  Perch 
fishing.  Generally  speaking,  you  do  not  require  so  much  reel 
work  for  Perch,  but  it  is  well  to  be  prepared  for  anything  that 
might  happen.  If,  in  some  rivers  that  1  know  of,  you  were 
spinning  the  Minnow  for  Perch,  a  Trout  eight  or  ten  pounds 
might  pay  you  a  visit,  in  which  case  it  would  be  all  over  with 
you  unless  you  had  a  good  and  free  running  reel. 

Tour  line  for  spinning  the  Minnow  should  be  made  entirely 
of  silk  plaited,  one  hundred  yards  of  which  should  weigh  about 
half  an  ounce.  This  is  a  good  fine  line,  but  the  line  for  bottom 
fishing  must  be  much  finer,  and  one  hundred  yards  should  only 
weigh  a  quarter  of  an  ounce.     Of  course,  if  you  hook  a  fish 


15 

with  this  line,  you  must  not  attempt  to  throw  him  over  your 
head,  else  you  will  break  it,  but  play  him  carefully.  This  is  the 
line  I  always  use  myself  for  bottom  fishing,  and  I  find  it  to 
answer  admirably. 

The  same  tackle  as  I  have  recommended  for  spinning  the 
Minnow  with  for  Pike,  must  be  used  for  spinning  for  Perch,  as 
you  will  take  them  both  in  the  same  water,  and  often  as  many 
Pike  as  Perch.  But  if  you  should  hook  a  Pike  you  must  be 
careful  that  he  does  not  break  your  line.  Give  him  line  and 
allow  him  to  go  where  he  likes,  and  he  will  soon  exhaust  him- 
self, and  then  you  can  draw  him  carefully  to  the  landing  net. 

The  tackle  that  I  have  recommended  for  fishing  with  the  live 
Minnow  for  Pike  will  also  do  for  Perch,  but  the  hook  smaller, 
say  No.  4  instead  of  2.  Some  Anglers  use  the  Paternoster 
tackle  and  laud  it  very  much  for  Pef-ch  fishing,  but  I  do  not 
myself  think  much  of  it.  I  have  seen  the  two  tackles  worked 
together,  and  while  the  live  Minnow  with  the  float  was  catching 
both  Perch  and  Pike,  the  Paternoster  failed  to  get  a  bite.  I 
thought,  on  first  seeing  the  Paternoster,  that  the  chances  were 
three  to  one  against  the  float ;  but  experience  has  shown  that 
my  first  impressions  were  wrong.  The  baits  for  Perch  fishing 
are  very  numerous:  Minnow,  Gudgeon,  Loach,  small  Dace, 
worms  of  all  sorts,  gentles,  wasp-grub,  cadbait,  straw-bait — > 
in  fact,  I  once  caught  a  brace  of  Perch  at  one  cast  with  the  fly 
— the  red,  or  cockshackle,  and  peacock  body  ribbed  with  gold. 
But  I  do  not  recommend  fly  fishing  for  Perch.  They  will 
take  almost  any  kind  of  bait  in  the  summer  months.  I  once 
saw  a  gentleman  take  a  Perch  with  an  artificial  Minnow  made 
from  a  piece  of  plum  cake,  but  I  would  not  recommend  this 
as  a  good  bait.  Taking  all  seasons  of  the  year  the  Minnow  and 
worms  are  the  best,  but  the  worm  will  kill  more  Perch  at  all 
times  of  the  year  than  any  other  bait.  The  best  kinds  of 
worms  are  the  cockspur  or  red  worm,  and  the  dew  or  lob  worm. 
If  you  use  the  latter  bait,  fish  with  the  tail  end  of  a  female  lob. 
Some  Anglers  prefer  the  brandling  and  marsh  worm,  and 
various  others,  for  which  we  have  no  name,  but  I  have  tried 


16 

them  all,  and  in  many  rivers  and  ponds,  but  found  none  to 
equal  the  cockspur  and  dew  worm ;  and  when  properly  used 
they  certainly  are  the  best. 

THE  ART  or  ANGLING  EOR  PERCH. 

Some  Perch  fishers  think  that  nothing  is  too  stout  and 
strong  to  Angle  for  Perch  with,  and,  indeed,  sometimes  they 
will  bite  at  every  cast  be  the  line  ever  so  thick ;  but  this  is  not 
always  the  case.  When  the  water  is  clear  and  the  sun  very 
bright,  I  have  found  Perch  difficult  to  get  at,  and  I  would  ad- 
vise the  fisher  always  to  go  cautiously  to  work  and  to  keep  still 
on  the  bank,  for  fish  are  more  sensible  .of  shakes  than  is 
imagined.  July,  August,  and  September  are  the  best  months 
for  fishing  with  the  Minnow,  and  the  same  style  may  be  adopted 
and  the  same  places  fished  as  I  have  recommended  Angling 
with  the  Minnow  for  Pike.  For  worm  fishing  put  on  your 
finest  line  a  quill  float  (never  use  a  cork  one),  a  very  fine  gut 
tackle  one  yard  long,  and  a  No.  6  hook.  If  you  fish  in  a  pond 
or  still  water  let  your  float  be  small ;  in  a  stream  use  a  larger 
one.  Before  you  go  to  angle  for  Perch  bait  the  hole  you 
intend  to  fish  with  three  or  four  hundred  dew  worms  cut  in 
bits  about  an  inch  long,  but  do  not  mix  them  with  anything. 
If  you  are  going  to  fish  in  the  morning  bait  the  place  the 
morning  before.  Never  bait  at  night  if  you  are  to  fish  in  the 
morning.  I  always  allow  twenty  hours  to  elapse  after  baiting 
a  place  before  I  go  to  fish  it.  Gret  your  depth  the  morning  you 
bait,  and  measure  it  on  your  rod,  so  that  when  you  come  to  fish 
you  can  adjust  your  line  for  the  proper  depth  at  once.  But 
perhaps  the  reader  may  say,  "  How  can  I  ascertain  the  proper 
depth  ?"  Well,  I  will  tell  him.  The  Londoners  use  a  plummet, 
but  they  can  only  plumb  the  depth  as  far  as  they  can  reach 
with  their  rod.  Now  I  can  (and  I  will  teach  you  how  to  do 
the  same)  find  the  right  depth  fifteen  or  twenty  yards  from 
the  bank.  Shot  your  tackle  just  enough  to  sink  your  float  all 
but  a  quarter  of  an  inch,  and  let  the  bottom  shot  be  a  foot 


17 

from  the  hook.  Put  your  float  as  low  on  the  tackle  as  you  can 
and  throw  into  deep  water.  Notice  particularly  how  much  of 
your  float  stands  above  the  water,  then  go  to  the  place  you  in- 
tend to  fish.  If  it  be  a  pond  or  still  water  proceed  thus  :  "  It 
looks  deep,"  you  will  say.  Well,  fix  your  float  on  chance  at 
four  or  five  feet  and  throw  in ;  if  it  sinks  to  the  place  it  was 
when  shallow  (that  is,  all  but  a  quarter  of  an  inch)  you  may 
conclude  the  water  is  deeper.  Alter  then  your  float  until  such 
time  as  it  rises — which  it  will  do  as  soon  as  your  shot  touches 
the  bottom — and  then  lower  the  float  a  little  bit  until  it  stands 
the  way  it  did  when  shallow.  You  can  find  the  depth  in  a 
stream  in  the  same  way,  only  when  your  shot  or  bait  touches 
the  bottom  in  a  stream  your  float  will  sink.  When  it  does  so 
alter  it  back  until  it  rides  the  same  as  it  did  when  shallow. 
This  is  a  matter  I  would  particularly  call  your  attention  to, 
because  it  is  no  use  fishing  unless  you  have  the  proper  depth. 
Never  fish  on  the  bottom,  but  let  your  bait  just  miss  it.  Before 
you  commence  fishing  you  should  throw  in  a  few  worms  cut 
very  small.  If  a  still  water  throw  them  straight  to  the  place 
you  intend  to  fish :  if  in  a  stream  throw  them  above  where  you 
intend  to  fish,  calculating  how  far  they  will  swim  before  they 
get  to  the  bottom,  for  wherever  your  worms  go  your  bait  must 
follow,  or  you  will  catch  no  fish.  This  is  one  of  the  greatest 
points  in  Angling,  and  a  point  that  has  puzzled  hundreds  of 
Anglers,  and  when  they  get  home  they  say  they  have  had  very 
bad  sport  to-day — that  the  fish  would  not  bite,  or  the  wind  was 
in  the  east,  or  the  sun  was  too  bright,  or  the  water  too  thick, 
or  the  wind  blowing  in  their  faces,  or  the  weather  too  cold,  and 
such  other  excuses  as  Anglers  generally  make  when  they  have 
had  no  sport.  But  let  me  tell  my  good  friends  that  they  have 
not  been  Angling  at  all.  They  put  their  rod  together  and  put 
on  a  line,  and  bait  their  hooks  and  fling  it  into  the  water,  and 
they  have  thrown  in  some  sort  of  ground-bait,  but  they  never 
dream  where  it  has  gone  to.  Well,  there  they  are,  depending 
on  their  patience  and  good  luck,  but  thinking  it  strange  that 
the  fish  won't  bite.     Stupid  people !     Their  tackle  is  twice  as 

0 


18 

thick  as  it  should  be — their  bait  is  three  feet  from  the  bottom, 
and  their  ground-bait  has  gone  down  the  stream  twenty  yards  and 
the  fish  with  it;  and  there  they  are  grumbling  that  the  fish  will 
not  bite.  The  day  is  a  beautiful  day  for  Perch  fishing,  but  they 
have  not  been  fishing  in  the  right  style.  I  hope  that  I  have 
given  them  a  lesson,  and  I  am  sure  whoever  wish  to  go  a  Perch 
fishing  will  always  be  successful  in  filling  a  good  basket  if  they 
will  carefully  attend  to  and  observe  the  rules  I  have  laid  down. 


THE    TROUT 


The  Trout  is  a  fine  fish,  nearly  allied  to  the  royal  family,  and 
excelled  only  by  the  Salmon,  the  King  of  fresh  water  fish.  He 
affords  choice  sport  to  the  Angler,  being  a  determined  game 
fellow,  and  when  hooked  will  fight  so  long  as  a  particle  of 
strength  remains.  He  who  angles  for  the  Trout  will  require  to 
make  use  of  all  the  skill  and  ingenuity  which  he  possesses,  for 
he  has  a  fish  to  deal  with  that  is  cunning  and  sagacious,  and 
difficult  to  get  at.  A  friend  of  mine  once  said  to  me  when 
we  were  about  to  commence  fishing  in  a  small  Trout  stream, 
"now  for  a  bit  of  foxing."  He  knew  well  what  a  sly  little 
fellow  we  had  to  deal  with,  and  that  we  would  require  to 
make  use  of  that  characteristic  of  the  fox  before  we  could  cap- 
ture him.  I  am  quite  of  ray  friend's  opinion,  and  believe  that 
no  other  fish  requires  to  be  angled  for  with  greater  art  and  tact 
than  the  Trout. 

Trout  deposit  their  spawn  in  November,  but  I  once  caught  a 
Trout  full  of  spawn  on  the  5th  of  December,  but  I  believe  it  to 
have  been  a  late  fish.  November  is,  however,  their  proper  time 
for  spawning,  and  it  is  a  proof  of  the  extreme  hardiness  of  the 
fish  that  they  should  spawn  as  it  were  in  the  middle  of  winter, 
living  in  their  weak  and  sickly  state  in  December  and  January, 
the  two  coldest  months  in  the  year.  I  scarcely  know  a  fresh 
water  fish  that  does  not  forsake  the  sharp  streams  in  winter 
and  retire  to  the  stillest  places  they  can  find,  except  Trout. 


20 

They  delight  in  the  strongest  streams  they  can  find  all  the  year 
round,  with  the  exception  of  spawning  time,  and  the  first  fort- 
night or  so  after.  They  seek  a  gentle  stream  with  a  gravelly 
bottom  to  deposit  their  spawn.  After  this  operation,  Trout  are 
sick  for  two  or  three  weeks,  and  do  not  much  alter  their  posi- 
tion until  they  have  acquired  a  little  strength,  when  they 
remove  to  shallow  sharp  streams,  with  a  gravelly  bottom,  where 
they  scour  and  cleanse  themselves.  After  this  they  will  have 
nothing  to  do  with  still  waters,  but  get  to  the  strongest  and 
most  rapid  currents,  under  weirs,  where  the  water  rushes  down 
in  torrents,  or  any  rapid  stream  boiling  and  dashing  against 
banks  or  walls, — no  water  is  too  rough  for  the  Trout. 

As  I  have  said  already,  the  Trout  is  a  fine  fish,  both  for  its 
edible  qualities  and  for  the  sport  which  it  affords.  I  know 
several  streams  where  Anglers  discontinue  Trout  fishing  at  the 
end  of  August,  which  I  think  is  quite  right ;  but  they  do  not 
commence  fishing  till  the  first  of  May,  thus  allowing  Trout 
eight  months  to  be  out  of  season.  There  is  no  need  for  all 
this  waste  of  time.  I  have  caught  Trout  in  good  condition  at 
the  latter  end  of  February,  and  in  March  and  April  in  prime 
condition.  I  feel  satisfied  the  Trout  fisher  misses  two  of  the 
best  months  in  the  year,  if  he  permits  March  and  April  to  go 
by.  This  is  particularly  applicable  to  rivers  in  which,  without 
doubt,  these  are  the  best  months  for  spinning  the  Minnow  for 
Trout.  I  see,  indeed,  no  good  reason  why  Trout  fishing  should 
not  commence  in  February,  say  in  the  middle  of  the  month,  and 
I  am  sure,  even  at  that  early  period,  nineteen  out  of  every 
twenty  Trout,  taken  from  rivers  and  streams,  would  be  found  in 
good  condition.  The  baits  for  Trout  are  very  numerous,  and 
the  best  can  only  be  spoken  of  when  speaking  of  a  par- 
ticular time  of  the  year, — the  best  at  one  period  being  the 
worst  at  another.  But  I  shall  say  what,  in  my  opinion,  are  the 
best  baits,  and  the  time  of  the  year  when  they  should  be  used. 
The  Minnow,  small  Gudgeon,  small  Dace,  artificial  and  natural 
flies,  worms,  wasp-grub,  gentles,  straw-bait,  cad-bait,  and  various 
other  baits,  are  used  for  Trout  fishing;  but  taking  all  times 


21 

aud  seasons  into  consideration,  I  believe  there  are  none  so  good 
as  the  Minnow,  flies,  and  worms,  properly  used,  and  each  in 
its  proper  season.  I  have  tried  every  description  of  bait  used 
for  Trout  fishing,  but  1  have  found  none  equal  to  these  three. 

The  artificial  Minnow  is  used  very  much  in  some  parts  of 
England,  and  considered  by  many  to  be  a  killing  bait  for  Trout. 
Indeed,  I  know  several  fishers  who  angle  with  no  other  bait 
for  Trout,  and  who  are  perfectly  satisfied  that  it  is  the  best 
that  can  be  used.  So  strongly  convinced  are  some  of  them  of 
this,  that  I  would  defy  the  best  Trout  fisher  in  the  world  to 
reason  them  out  of  their  belief.  Having  two  or  three  times 
in  their  lives  killed  a  dish  of  Trout  with  the  artificial  Minnow, 
they  think  there  is  no  other  bait  like  it ;  but  as  a  certain  writer 
on  Angling,  whose  reputation  is  likely  to  be  ephemeral,  would 
say,  this  is  ''  bosh."  If  these  thick-headed,  opinionative  gentle- 
men were  fishing  with  the  natural  Minnow  on  those  days  when 
they  were  angling  with  the  artificial,  they  would  have  caught 
three  where  they  only  caught  one.  Header,  take  my  advice. 
Never  fish  with  the  artificial  Minnow  if  you  can  hy  any  possi- 
bility procv/re  the  natural  one. 

The  best  months  for  spinning  the  Minnow  are  February 
March,  and  April — that  is,  in  rivers  where  Trout  are  found 
large,  in  which  case  they  are  never  very  numerous.  Odd  fish 
may  be  caught  with  the  Minnow  all  through  the  summer,  but 
these  months  are  the  best  for  spinning.  K  preservers  of  small 
streams  would  commence  Trout  fishing  on  the  first  of  March 
(which  I  think  would  be  nothing  but  right),  they  would  find 
that  March  and  April  are  the  two  best  months  in  the  year  for 
spinning  the  Minnow,  and  that  the  fish  would  be  in  good  con- 
dition. I  hope  they  are  not  afraid  of  the  cold  winds  in  March ; 
if  they  are  they  cannot  be  true  Anglers. 

May  and  June  are  the  best  months  for  fly  fishing.  At  the 
May  drake  Trout  will  rise  boldly  and  quickly,  I  have  seen 
them  leap  out  of  the  water  at  this  fly  when  it  was  several 
inches  from  the  surface.  As  the  May  drake  is  difficult  to 
imitate,   I  would  recommend    dibbing  with  the  natural  fly. 


22 

This  is  a  sure  game,  but  it  requires  a  good  deal  of  skill.  There 
are  hundreds  of  flies  which  you  may  catch  by  the  river  sides, 
and  at  which  the  Trout  are  rising,  that  you  can  dib  with.  There 
are  also  artificial  flies  of  every  size  and  colour — the  best  are 
those  that  resemble  the  natural  one.  July  and  August  are  the 
best  months  for  bottom  fishing  with  the  worm;  but  I  have 
caught  Trout  with  the  worm,  at  times  in  May  and  June,  but 
this  was  when  the  water  was  coloured,  and  when  the  fish,  not 
being  able  to  see  to  feed  on  flies,  were  obliged  to  grub  on  the 
bottom.  Experience,  however,  has  convinced  me  that  July  and 
August  are  decidedly  the  two  best  months  for  bottom  fishing 
with  the  worm.  When  the  water  is  discoloured  I  have  found 
that  Trout  take,  the  worm  better  than  any  other  bait  that  is 
used. 

The  rod  for  spinning  the  Minnow  should  be  thirteen  or  four- 
teen feet  long,  light  and  not  stifi".  As  your  line  is  light  and 
your  tackle  fine,  you  are  likely  to  break  when  you  get  a  run  if 
you  fish  with  a  stifi"  rod.  Besides,  Trout  when  hooked  some- 
times make  tremendous  leaps,  and  if  he  leap  from  you  and 
and  you  have  a  very  stiff  rod,  something  must  break.  I  have 
seen  this  happen  many  a  time.  There  is  no  occasion  whatever 
for  a  stiff  rod ;  the  only  advantage  of  which  is,  that  when  you 
have  hooked  a  fish  of  five  or  six  pounds  you  can  throw  it  over 
your  head,  a  stupid  plan  that  I  have  seen  adopted  by  blunder- 
ing fishermen  who  care  nothing  for  rod  or  tackle. 

The  rod  for  fly  fishing  should  be  thirteen  feet  long,  and 
light,  but  not  too  weak  in  the  middle,  a  fault  common  in  fly  rods. 
I  remember  fly  fishing  for  Grayling  with  a  friend  of  mine  on  the 
Trent.  He  was  fishing  with  a  well  got  up,  nice  looking  rod, 
which  no  doubt  cost  a  goodly  sum,  but,  unfortunately,  it  was 
too  weak  in  the  middle.  The  fish  were  rising  fast  with  both  of 
us,  but  for  every  one  he  killed  I  killed  three.  He  could  not  un- 
derstand how  this  was,  and  it  was  a  long  time  before  I  could 
make  him  believe  the  cause,  which  was,  as  I  told  him,  that  his 
rod  was  too  weak  in  the  middle.  A  rod  for  fly  fishing  should 
be  light,  the  lighter  the  better,  if  you  can  preserve  strength  and 


23 

keep  the  action  in  the  right  place.  I  consider  that  there  is  no 
rod  which  requires  so  much  skill  in  making  as  the  fly  rod.  If 
you  want  a  fly  rod  made  rightly  go  to  the  man  who  is  a  good  fly 
fisher ;  his  practical  experience  will  enable  him  to  make  a  rod 
free  of  the  faults  that  most  rods  bought  at  the  shops  possess. 

The  rod  for  bottom  fishing  should  be  thirteen  feet  long,  and 
light,  with  the  sockets  one  size  larger  than  those  of  the  fly  rod  ; 
though  for  bottom  fishing  in  general  a  twelve  feet  rod  is  my 
favorite.  A  large  rod,  however,  possesses  the  advantage  of 
enabling  you  to  keep  more  out  of  sight  of  the  fish  by  standing 
further  back  from  the  water.  The  reel  for  spinning  the  Min- 
now should  be  a  common  wood  one,  three  and  a  half  inches, 
and  varnished  or  French  polished.  The  same  size  will  also  do 
for  bottom  fishing,  but  a  smaller  one  will  do  for  fly  fishing,  say 
a  two  and  a  half  inch  size. 

The  line  for  spinning  the  Minnow  must  be  made  of  silk  and 
plaited,  one  hundred  yards  to  weigh  about  three  quarters  of  an 
ounce.  There  are  several  different  lines  used  for  fly-fishing — 
silk  and  hair,  all  silk,  and  all  hair — but  the  one  I  recommend 
is  made  of  all  silk,  plaited  and  prepared.  This  is  the  best  line  I 
ever  used  for  fly  fishing ;  it  is  strong,  waterproof,  and  you  can 
throw  well  with  it.  Those  who  have  not  tried  a  prepared  line  for 
fly  fishing  should  give  it  a  trial,  and  I  am  satisfied  they  will 
find  it  much  better  than  any  other.  The  line  for  bottom  fishing 
must  be  made  of  all  silk,  either  plaited  or  twisted ;  but  I  prefer 
the  twisted,  because  it  runs  smoother  and  wears  better  for  bot- 
tom fishiog  ;  one  hundred  yards  of  it  should  weigh  a  quarter  of 
an  ounce.  This  is  a  fine  line,  but  it  is  no  finer  than  will  be  re- 
quired, as  I  shall  explain  by-and-by.  The  tackle  for  spinning  the 
Minnow,  if  you  are  going  to  fish  in  a  river  where  the  fish  are 
large,  should  be  made  of  three  stout  guts,  not  tied  together,  but 
looped  to  three  small  swivels,  one  at  each  joint,  and  the  bottom 
gut  lapped  with  tinsel  three  or  four  inches  up,  and  a  No.  1  sin- 
gle hook  with  a  small  Minnow  lead  one  foot  from  the  hook.  I 
have  proved  this  to  be  the  best  tackle  for  spinning  the  Minnow 
for  Pike  and  Perch,  as  well  as  Trout.     But  if  you  are  going  to 


24 

fish  in  a  small  stream,  or  brook,  where  you  know  the  fish  are 
small,  I  should  recommend  you  to  fish  with  finer  gut;  you 
might  have  one  or  two  tackles  made  especially  for  brook  fishing. 
There  are  two  ways  of  baiting  this  tackle ;  one  way  is  to  put  the 
Minnow  on  as  you  would  a  worm,  in  at  the  mouth  and  out  at 
the  tail,  and  then  bending  the  Minnow  in  what  form  you  like ; 
but  the  other  is  the  neatest  way.  It  is  to  bait  with  a  fine 
needle,  unloop  the  bottom  gut  from  the  bottom  swivel,  allow- 
ing the  noose  to  be  large  enough  to  admit  of  the  hook  and 
the  Minnow  to  pass  through ;  take  your  baiting  ne^edle  and  put 
it  in  at  the  tail  of  the  Minnow  on  one  side  and  out  at  the 
mouth,  drawing  the  shank  of  the  hook  inside  the  bait,  and  the 
bend  of  the  hook  to  bend  the  tail ;  stitch  the  mouth  up  with  a 
needle  and  thread,  lapping  the  thread  once  or  twice  round  the 
gut,  to  keep  the  Minnow  in  the  position  you  want  it;  thus 
baited  take  the  loop  and  put  it  through  the  swivel,  and  the 
Minnow  through  the  loop,  and  then  draw  it  up.  There  are 
several  ways  of  making  spinning  tackle,  but  in  my  opinion  this 
is  the  neatest  and  best.  If  you  are  spinning  the  Minnow  for 
Trout  in  a  river,  fish  under  weirs,  in  the  rapid  water  by  the 
side  of  stone  walls,  or  broken  banks  where  the  river  comes 
dashing  and  boiling  furiously,  at  mill  tails,  and  all  such  places. 
But  only  fish  these  places  when  the  water  is  clear.  "When  you 
do  fish  in  such  parts,  put  an  extra  lead  on  your  line,  at  the  top 
of  the  tackle,  to  keep  your  bait  down  better,  and  to  enable  you  to 
cast  from  the  reel  to  what  distance  you  choose.  When  there  is 
a  rise  of  water,  and  when  it  is  a  little  discoloured,  do  not  select 
places  so  deep  and  rapid,  but  fish  in  steady  shallow  streams, 
and  work  your  bait  much  slower,  or  the  fish  will  not  be  able  to 
see  it.  When  you  see  a  likely  spot  for  a  Trout  keep  as 
much  out  of  sight  as  you  can,  as  Trout  when  feeding  on 
small  fry  often  lie  within  a  foot  of  the  surface,  so  that  they  can 
easily  see  you,  and  if  a  Trout  gets  but  a  gUmpse  of  either  you  or 
the  rod  he  is  off"  in  a  moment.  When  fishing  a  shallow  stream 
one  lead  wiH  be  sufficient.  Spin  the  Minnow  against  the 
stream,  and  if  the  stream  is  deep  allow  the  Minnow  to  sink 


25 

three  or  four  feet,  and  spin  upwards.  Throw  your  bait  as  far 
as  you  can  across  the  stream,  then  down  the  stream ;  spin  quick  ; 
then  slow ;  then  let  your  bait  sink  deep  in  the  water  without 
touching  the  bottom,  and  spin  it  to  the  surface;  then  spin 
across  the  stream  with  your  bait  not  more  than  a  foot  from  the 
surface ;  in  fact,  let  your  bait  go  through  all  the  different  move- 
ments you  can  think  of,  for  I  find  it  difficult  to  explain  this  part 
of  the  art  on  paper.  I  could  explain  more  in  five  minutes  with 
the  rod  than  I  could  by  writing  in  a  week;  but  practice, 
patience,  and  perseverance  will  soon  make  you  acquainted  with 
the  best  method  for  spinning  the  Minnow. 

My  fishing  is  thought  by  many  to  be  the  best  mode  of 
angling  for  Trout,  as  it  affords  the  greatest  amusement  and 
excitement  both  to  the  Angler  and  the  looker-on,  but  this  is  a 
matter  of  taste  ;  for  my  own  part,  I  care  but  little  what  style  I 
fish  for  Trout,  whether  fiy  fishing,  bottom  fishing,  or  spinning 
the  Minnow;  and  I  would  advise  the  Trout  fisher  to  practice 
all  three  methods,  for  each  are  best  at  different  times,  and  if 
the  Angler  makes  himself  acquainted  with  the  three  different 
ways  of  fishing,  he  will  seldom  return  home  with  an  empty 
basket.  The  following  dialogue  which  I  overheard  between  a 
fly  fisher  and  a  bottom  fisher  will  illustrate  the  different 
opinions  that  exist  on  the  two  modes  of  fishing : — 

Bottom  fisher, — What  does  your  fisli  get  when  betakes  your 
fly  :» 

Fly  fisher. — Why,  of  course  he  gets  the  fly  and  all  there  is. 

Bottom  fisher, — And  a  very  nice  morsel  he  gets — a  bit  of  feather 
and  a  bone  without  meat. 

Fly  fisher. — And  what  does  your  fish  get  when  he  takes  your 
bait? 

Bottom  fisher. — Why  he  gets  a  worm,  all  meat  and  no  bone, 
which  is  better  than  your  deceitful  fly. 

Fly  fisher. — You  do  not  understand  fly  fishing,  else  you 
would  not  have  so  much  to  say  against  it. 

Bottom  fisher. — Yes,  I  do.  I  can  fly  fish  as  well  as  you,  or 
any  one  else,  but  I  do  not  like  it ;  there  is   something   so 


26 

cowardly  about  it, — it  is  the  worst  deception  the  Angler  can 
make  use  of. 

Fly  fisher. — Nay,  the  deception  is  good,  and  that  is  why  I 
like  it  so  much.  Ton  cannot  alter  my  opinion  about  fly  fishing, 
neither  do  I  want  to  alter  your  opinion  about  bottom  fishing,  so 
I  bid  you  good  morning. 

The  above  shows  that  the  Angler  should  be  allowed  to  choose 
that  style  of  angling  that  takes  his  fancy  most.  Ely-fishing,  in 
my  opinion,  is  a  delightful  mode  of  angling — clean  and  pretty, 
and  affording  good  sport  when  Trout  are  taking.  Bright  sunny 
days  are  bad  for  fly-fishing.  In  May  and  June,  when  the  day 
is  bright,  morning  and  evening  are  best.  On  a  cloudy  day,  with 
a  gentle  breeze  of  wind.  Trout  will  rise  all  day,  but  the  best 
time  is  from  ten  till  two  o'clock,  or  the  last  hour  at  night. 

The  water  must  be  clear  for  fly  fishing,  the  clearer  the  better, 
providing  the  day  be  cloudy.  It  is  useless  fly  fishing  when  the 
water  is  thick ;  at  such  a  time  the  fly  fisher,  if  he  does  not  un- 
derstand bottom  fishing,  is  beat.  I  never  go  out  for  the  pur- 
pose of  fly  fishing  but  I  take  with  me  worms  or  Minnows, — 
if  the  fly  should  fail,  one  or  the  other  is  sure  to  suit. 

Flies  for  Trout  fishing  are  very  numerous,  and  the  opinions  of 
Anglers  are  equally  conflicting,  for  out  of  one  hundred  different 
fly  fishers  no  two  will  agree  on  the  same  point ;  each  has  got  the 
best  killing  flies,  and  those  of  each  are  different ;  and  so  with  the 
fly  dressers.  They  will  all  tell  you  that  they  can  provide  you 
with  flies  that  will  kill  Trout  in  any.  river  in  the  kingdom,  and 
yet  there  will  be  no  similarity  between  the  flies  recommended 
by  any  two.  But  the  fact  is,  that  different  rivers  require  dil- 
ferent  kind  of  flies — those  that  may  be  good  killers  on  one 
river  may  not  catch  a  single  Trout  in  another.  I  have  often 
found  this  to  be  the  case,  and  all  fly  fishers  who  are  in  the  habit 
of  fishing  in  different  streams  must  be  aware  of  this.  I  would, 
therefore,  recommend  the  Angler  to  have  a  good  assortment  of 
flies,  and,  when  he  goes  to  a  strange  river,  to  seek  oat  the 
nearest  flymaker,  who  is,  of  all  others,  the  best  qualified  to  tell 
you  what  flies  are  the  most  killing  on  the  water  in  his  imme- 


27 

diate  vicinity.  Should  there  be  no  fly  dresser  near,  the  best 
plan  you  can  adopt  is  to  catch  one  of  the  flies  off"  the  water  at 
which  the  Trout  are  rising,  and  from  your  fly  book  select  a  set 
of  artificial  flies,  resembling  as  nearly  as  possible  the  natural 
one  in  size,  shape,  and  colour. 

Toe  Fly  Fishiitg  you  will  require  a  fine  gut  lash  or  casting 
line  the  length  of  your  rod,  on  which  put  two,  three,  or  four 
flies.  I  always  fish  with  four,  although  some  Anglers  object  to  so 
many.  Always  fish  with  the  sun  before  you,  and  the  wind 
behind  you.  If  it  should  be  blowing  in  any  other  direction, 
you  will  be  unable  to  cast  your  flies  where  you  want  them  to  go. 
Cast  straight  before  you,  allowing  your  flies  to  go  with  the 
current  as  long  as  you  can,  so  as  to  imitate  the  natural  one 
swimming  down  the  stream.  Take  care  to  have  your  running 
line  always  clear,  for  if  there  is  any  impediment,  and  you  hap- 
pen to  hook  a  good  Trout,  he  will  break  your  tackle  to  pieces 
before  you  can  free  your  line. 

DiBBiNG  FOB  Tbotjt  with  the  natural  fly  is  very  much  prac- 
tised in  some  rivers,  and  I  have  had  some  very  good  sport  by  dib- 
bing.  It  is  done  in  this  way : — Use  your  fly  rod  and  finest 
line,  with  two  yards  of  very  fine  gut,  and  put  on  a  No.  10  hook ; 
then  catch  one  of  the  flies  similar  to  those  at  which  the  Trout 
are  rising,  and  hook  it  under  the  belly ;  let  the  sun  be  in  your 
face  and  the  wind  behind  yon ;  stand  as  far  from  the  bank  as 
you  can,  then  drop  the  fly  lightly  on  the  water,  and  if  a  fish  do 
not  rise  at  it  in  a  moment,  lift  it  and  let  it  drop  again.  If 
there  is  a  fish  about,  it  will  not  be  dropped  many  times  before  it 
is  seized.  Be  careful  when  you  strike  that  you  do  not  break  your 
line.  You  may  do  good  execution  by  poking  your  rod  between 
bushes,  or  under  trees,  overhanging  the  water,  but  you  must 
go  carefully  and  quietly  to  work,  or  you  will  not  have  the 
shadow  of  a  chance. 

Bottom  Fishing  with  the  Worm  is  decidedly  an  excellent 
mode  of  angling  for  Trout.  I  have  caught  Trout  with  the 
worm  when  the  fly  and  Minnow  could  not  capture  a  single  fish ; 
and  when  it  is  done  rightly,  it  is  not  easy  to  beat  worm  fishing. 


28 

For  a  bit  of  "foxing"  take  your  worm,  fishing  rod,  and  reel,  your 
finest  line,  a  quill  float,  and  a  fine  gut  one  yard  long,  and  a 
No.  7  hook.  Let  your  bottom  shot  be  one  foot  from  the  hook: 
get  some  well  scoured  red  worms,  or  cockspurs,  with  a  few  dew 
worms,  and  you  have  everything  ready  to  commence.  If  the 
water  is  clear,  and  you  are  to  fish  in  a  brook,  or  small  stream, 
the  most  likely  places  are  under  bushes,  by  the  side  of  piles, 
under  old  trees  overhanging  the  water,  or  anything  that  can 
form  a  cover  for  Trout.  Sit  down  very  quietly  ten  or  fifteen 
yards  above  the  place  you  have  selected  for  fishing  in;  if 
it  is  shallow  opposite  where  you  sit,  and  then  falls  into  a  hole, 
all  the  better.  G-et  the  right  depth  by  having  a  swim  or  two, — 
you  cannot  plumb  it  as  you  sit  too  far  from  where  you  are  to 
fish, — make  a  guess  at  the  depth  at  first,  and  if  you  are  not 
deep  enough,  put  it  deeper  until  yoiir  float  goes  under 
the  water,  then  alter  it  back  a  little  so  that  your  bait  will 
just  miss  the  bottom;  then  cut  two  or  three  dew  worms 
into  bits  about  the  size  of  peas,  and  throw  them  in  two  or  three 
yards  below  you,  if  the  stream  is  not  very  swift,  and  if  the 
water  is  five  or  six  feet  deep,  they  will  go  to  the  bottom  of  your 
swim — ^just  where  you  want  them.  Put  your  bait  on,  and  throw 
it  in,  letting  it  go  down  the  stream,  and  giving  line  from  the 
reel ;  never  mind  the  line  falling  on  the  water.  When  your 
float  gets  a  good  distance  from  you,  it  is  very  fine  and  light  and 
will  not  sink,  but  lies  upon  the  surface  of  the  water ;  give  line 
until  your  float  is  under  the  bushes,  and  the  Trout  will  bite  one 
after  another  without  fear,  and  you  can  soon  fish  out  all  that 
are  in  the  hole.  I  think  I  could  have  done  it  in  half  the  time 
I  have  taken  to  describe  how  to  do  it.  If  you  are  unsuccess- 
ful there  is  something  or  other  wrong.  Probably  you  have  not 
watched  the  course  of  the  stream  before  throwing  in  your 
ground  bait,  and  the  current  may  have  washed  it  under  the 
bank  amongst  the  rubbish,  where  it  would  be  of  no  use  ;  or  you 
may  have  thrown  it  too  far  out,  and  not  sent  your  bait  after  it, 
or  it  may  have  gone  down  the  stream  out  of  your  reach.  You 
cannot  pay  too  much  attention  to  the  way  you  ground  bait. 


29 

As  I  said  before,  wherever  your  ground  bait  goes  you  must  fish, 
else  you  will  have  no  success.  I  will  explain  my  plan  of  ground 
baiting.  I  select  a  likely  place,  and  then  ascertain  the  proper 
depth,  taking  care  not  to  be  deceived  by  anything  foul  on  the 
bottom,  such  as  sticks,  large  stones,  or  branches  of  weed,  by 
trying  above  or  below  to  avoid  such  rubbish,  and  having  got  a 
level  bottom  I  throw  in  a  quantity  of  ground  bait — but  not 
sufficient  to  satisfy  all  the  fish  in  the  neighbourhood,  as  I  have 
often  seen  done,  and  which  results  in  the  fish  refusing  to  bite 
the  bait  on  the  hook — and  I  calculate  how  far  it  will  swim  be- 
fore reaching  the  bottom.  If  this  does  not  take  eflect  1  throw 
in  a  little  more  higher  up  or  lower  down,  closer  in  or  farther 
out,  as  I  think  most  desirable.  If  this  takes  effect,  I  stick 
to  the  spot,  throwing  in  but  a  little  of  the  ground  bait  at  a 
time,  but  doing  so  often.  Then  your  want  of  success 
may  have  arisen  from  your  not  fishing  the  right  depth  ;  probably 
your  float  keeps  going  down  in  one  particular  place,  and  you, 
believing  it  to  be  the  bottom,  alter  your  float,  whereas  it  has 
only  been  a  large  stone,  or  a  lump  of  something  standing  under 
the  water,  so  that,  having  altered  your  float,  your  bait  may  per- 
haps be  a  foot  and  a  half  from  the  bottom.  It  is  impossible  to 
have  good  sport  unless  you  keep  an  eye  on  the  bottom  as  well 
as  on  the  top. 

You  may  worm  fish  for  Trout  when  there  is  a  rise  in  the 
water,  and  it  is  discoloured,  and  get  better  sport  than  in  clear 
water,  but  you  must  then  fish  in  the  shallows.  When  the 
water  rises  Trout  leave  the  deeps  and  take  to  the  shallows. 
Where  you  can  find  two  or  three  feet  of  water,  with  a  gravelly 
bottom,  you  will  most  likely  find  Trout.  Eish  in  the  manner 
I  have  already  described,  but  you  can  keep  nearer  the  fish  as 
they  will  be  less  likely  to  see  you  when  the  water  is  dis- 
coloured, and  you  can  catch  them  quicker  and  better  than  you 
could  having  a  long  swim. 


THE    GRAYLING. 


"  Oh,  you  beauty,"  I  heard  a  gent  once  exclaim  when  I  was 
landing  a  Grrayling  about  a  pound  and  a  half,  "  I  wish  I  had 
you  fried  nicely  in  butter."  The  gentleman  had  a  good  idea  of 
the  excellence  of  the  Grayling,  and  I  think  he  is  the  most  de- 
licious of  fresh  water  fish.  He  atfords  choice  sport  to  the 
Angler,  and  when  hooked  requires  great  skill  and  care  to  land. 
He  is  a  pretty  fish  to  look  at,  and  very  excellent  when  well 
cooked, — in  flavour,  indeed,  he  surpasses  the  Trout. 

The  period  when  Grayling  deposit  their  spawn  is,  I  think, 
known  but  to  few  fishers.  On  the  18th  of  March  of  this  pre- 
sent year  (1857),  I  killed  a  brace  of  Grayling  full  of  spawn 
quite  ripe.  I  also  killed  a  brace  on  the  20th,  and  saw  one 
caught  by  another  Angler  on  the  same  day,  and  all  were  full  of 
spawn.  I  was  determined  to  ascertain  the  proper  spawning 
period,  and  went  every  day  after  to  the  water,  when  it  was  in 
condition  for  fishing,  but  caught  no  more  until  the  17th  of 
April,  when  I  got  a  brace  and  a  half — two  female  fish  and  one 
male.  I  cut  them  all  open  and  found  the  female  fish  had 
parted  with  their  spawn,  but  a  portion  of  milt  still  remained  in 
the  male.  I  also  caught  a  brace  on  the  19th  of  the  same 
month,  both  female  fish,  and  free  of  spawn.  I  had  thus  satisfac- 
tory evidence  that  Grayling  deposit  their  spawn  at  the  latter 
end  of  March,  seeking  for  that  purpose  a  gentle  stream  not 
more  than  two  feet  deep,  with  a  gravelly  bottom,  and  a  little 


31 

weed.  All  the  fish, I  have  mentioned  as  having  been  caught 
were  taken  with  a  fly,  made  of  a  dark  partridge  hackle,  body 
copper  coloured,  peacock's  harl  ribbed  with  gold,  on  a  No.  10 
hook.  I  have  had  some  very  good  sport  with  this  fly,  not  only 
in  spring  but  in  the  latter  end  of  summer.  It  is  a  first  rate 
killer  on  the  Trent,  but  it  might  be  a  "duffbr"  on  another 
river.     There  can  be  no  harm  in  giving  it  a  trial,  however. 

As  soon  as  Grrayling  recover  from  spawning  they  make  their 
way  to  the  sharpest  streams  to  scour  themselves — not  deep  but 
shallow  rapid  water — where  they  remain  from  the  middle  of 
April  to  the  middle  of  May.  But  small  fish  may  be  caught  in 
this  sort  of  water  occasionally  all  through  the  summer.  The 
larger  fish,  however,  leave  for  a  quick  stream  five  or  six  feet 
deep,  where  they  remain  up  to  the  end  of  November,  when  the 
frosty  nights  set  in.  They  then  retire  to  a  gentle  stream  with 
a  sandy  or  gravelly  bottom,  where  they  lie  until  spawning  time. 

The  best  months  for  Grrayling  fishing  are  August,  September, 
and  October,  but  November  is  also  very  good  if  the  weather  is 
open  and  fine.  In  the  latter  end  of  April  and  the  beginning  of 
May  some  very  good  fishing  may  be  had  with  the  fly.  They 
will  also  take  the  cad-bait  at  this  period  pretty  freely.  This 
bait  is  yellow  in  appearance,  and  is  found  under  large  stones  on 
a  gravelly  bottom  in  April,  May,  and  June,  and  is  an  excellent 
bait  for  almost  all  fresh  water  fish.  Grayling  will  not  rise  at 
the  artificial  fly  on  calm  sunny  days  ;  having  a  good  eye  he 
quickly  detects  the  deception.  A  cloudy  day  with  a  gentle 
breeze  of  wind  from  any  quarter  (barring  north  or  east)  is  at 
all  times  of  the  year  the  best.  If  the  day  is  cloudy,  from  ten 
in  the  morning  until  two  in  the  afternoon  is  best  for  fly-fishing ; 
but  if  the  day  be  hot  and  calm,  morniug  and  evening  are  the  best 
times.  In  autumn  and  the  winter  months,  if  they  rise  at  all,  it 
will  be  only  in  the  middle  of  the  day.  The  water  must  be  very 
clear  for  fly-fishing,  the  clearer  the  better  if  the  day  be  cloudy. 
When  the  water  is  coloured  there  is  very  little  chance  of  taking 
Grrayling  with  the  fly,  and  if  you  want  to  catch  any  then,  you 
must  bottom  fish.      When  the  water  is  thick  you  may  take 


32 

Grayling  every  month  in  the  year  bottom  fishing.  The  beat 
baits  for  Grrayling  are  cad-bait,  straw-bait,  gentles,  wasp-grub, 
worms  and  flies.  I  have  caught  them  with  all  these  baits.  The 
first  bait  they  feed  on  after  spawning,  and  the  one  they  most 
prefer,  if  the  water  is  clear,  is  the  fly.  Taking  all  seasons  into 
consideration  the  red  worm  or  cockspur,  and  flies  are  decidedly 
the  best  to  fish  with,  perhaps  the  fly  may  be  said  to  have  the 
preference.  Grrayling  certainly  rise  readily  at  the  fly  and  seem 
to  have  a  particular  fancy  for  it.  But  if  a  first-rate  fly  fisher 
and  an  equally  good  bottom  fisher  were  to  contest,  I  should  be 
inclined  to  back  the  bottom  fisher  for  the  greatest  weight  acd 
the  best  fish.  I,  however,  consider  fly  fishing  the  most  delight- 
ful mode  of  angling  for  Grrayling  ;  the  style  is  pretty,  neat  and 
clean,  and  when  the  rod  is  in  skilful  hands  it  is  most  exciting 
and  amusing. 

The  flies  for  Grrayling  fishing  are  very  numerous — so  numer- 
ous that  it  would  be  impossible  to  describe  them  all.  I  could 
not  profess  to  provide  the  best  flies  for  every  water  in  England, 
but  if  any  gentleman  came  to  me  I  could  give  him  as  good  flies 
as  can  be  got  for  fishing  on  those  waters  that  I  am  acquainted 
with.  I  have  seen  fly  fishers  quarrel  like  cocks  about  who  had 
the  best  flies  for  Grrayling.  One  would  say  I  have  proved  mine 
and  caught  so  many  brace, — the  other  would  say  the  same ;  and 
yet  the  flies  of  each  would  be  differently  made,  and  different  in 
colour.  I  once  fished,  by  way  of  experiment,  with  a  set  of 
four  flies.  Two  were  made  very  rough,  and  two  were  made  as 
nicely  as  flies  could  be  made,  and  resembling  as  near  as  possible 
the  natural  one  on  the  water.  "Well,  I  killed  five  brace  of 
Grayling  with  the  two  rough  made  ones,  and  only  one  single 
fish  with  those  that  were  made  so  neat  and  fine.  This  experi- 
ment proved  to  me  that  fly  fishers  are  more  particular  about 
their  flies  than  the  fish  are. 

FLY  WISHING  EOR  GRAYLING. 

Your  rod  should  be  twelve  feet  and  a  half  long,  and  be  made 


83 

by  a  first-rate  fly  fisher,  for  he  is  the  only  person  most  likely  to 
make  a  faultless  rod.  Tour  reel  should  be  a  common  two  inch 
wood  one,  and  your  line  made  of  all  silk,  plaited  and  prepared. 
I  prefer  a  prepared  line  to  any  other  for  fly  fishing,  because  it  is 
strong,  waterproof,  and  light,  and  you  can  throw  with  it  better 
than  with  any  other.  You  may  put  on  as  many  flies  as  you 
like;  one,  two,  three,  or  four.  I  generally  fish  with  four. 
Select  the  sharpest  stream  you  can  find — it  can  never  be  too 
rapid  for  G-rayling — from  two  to  four  feet  deep.  Commence  at 
the  top  of  the  stream,  aod  fish  it  down.  Cast  your  flies 
straight  across  the  stream,  allowing  them  to  go  along  with  the 
current  as  long  as  possible.  Let  your  flies  drop  lightly  on  the 
water,  and  let  your  lash  be  perfectly  extended  and  straight.  "When 
you  get  a  rise  strike  gently.  Some  fly  fishers  prefer  not  strik- 
ing at  all,  allowing  the  fish  to  hook  itself,  but  I  have  seen  many 
a  good  fish  lost  by  this  dodge.  I  recommend  a  gentle  strike. 
Do  not,  when  you  have  hooked  a  fish,  keep  him  in  too  hard,  as 
the  Grrayling  has  a  tender  mouth  and  might  break  away.  Put 
on  a  gentle  pressure,  giving  him  line  if  he  wants  it. 

BOTTOM  risHiisra  foe  geayling. 

Your  rod  must  be  twelve  feet  long,  and  very  light ;  a  Eoach 
rod,  in  fact,  will  do  very  well.  Your  line  must  be  made  of  all 
silk,  twisted  soft.  It  must  be  very  fine,  and  a  hundred  yards 
of  it  should  not  weigh  more  than  a  quarter  of  an  ounce.  Pro- 
vide yourself  with  a  quill  float.  Your  tackle  should  be  one  yard 
long,  and  made  of  fine  gut.  The  hook,  if  you  are  going  to  fish 
with  wasp  grub,  cadbait,  or  any  other  sort  of  grub,  should  be  a 
No.  9.  If  you  are  to  fish  with  the  worm,  use  a  No.  7.  or  No. 
8  round  bend.  Let  your  bottom  shot  be  9  inches  from  the 
hook. 

Select  a  likely  place.  If  the  water  be  a  clear  sharpish  stream, 
from  three  to  four  feet  of  water  will  be  a  suitable  depth ;  and 
if  the  water  be  coloured,  two  or  three  feet  deep  will  be  suffi- 
cient, and  the  stream  must  be  much  slower.     Never  fish  a  quick 

D 


34 

stream  when  the  water  is  thick,  as  the  fish  cannot  then  see  the 
bait.  I  have  often  caught  Grayling  two  feet  from  the  bottom, 
when  the  water  has  been  clear.  It  is  well  known  that  owing  to 
the  position  of  the  eyes  in  the  head  of  Grayling,  they  see  better 
above  them  than  below  them.  You  should  not  fish,  therefore, 
on  the  bottom  but  a  few  inches  above  it.  As  a  general  rule, 
however,  whether  the  water  be  clear  or  coloured,  if  you  fish 
about  two  inches  from  the  bottom  you  will  be  about  right ;  but 
you  must  throw  some  ground  bait  in.  If  you  fish  with  grubs 
of  any  kind,  throw  a  few  gentles  in,  not  many  at  a  time,  but  a 
few  often.  If  you  fish  with  the  worm,  you  must  throw  a  few 
in,  cut  very  small.  The  dew  or  lob  worm  is  the  best  for  ground 
baiting,  generally  speaking ;  but  for  Grayling  fishing  I  prefer 
a  few  small  worms,  or  cockspurs  (the  same  as  I  have  recom- 
mended to  put  on  the  hook)  cut  in  two.  I  .have  found  this  to 
be  the  most  enticing  ground  bait  for  Grayling.  Do  not  mix 
your  ground  bait  with  anything.  All  you  have  to  do  is  to 
throw  it  four  or  five  yards  above  where  you  intend  to  fish. 
Put  your  hook  in  at  the  head  of  a  well  scoured  cockspur,  and 
run  it  carefully  till  within  a  quarter  inch  of  the  tail.  When 
a  worm  is  put  on  well,  it  will  writhe  as  if  there  is  no  hook 
in  it;  the  better  you  put  the  worm  on  the  more  likely 
you  are  to  catch  fish.  When  you  fish  a  quick  stream  always 
cast  your  line  a  little  above,  else  your  bait  will  not  get  down 
soon  enough  to  the  bottom,  so  that  you  may  miss  the  best  part 
of  the  swim.  Let  your  float  swim  as  still  as  possible,  giving  it 
line  from  your  reel,  taking  a  swim  of  ten  or  fifteen  yards. 
When  you  hook  a  Grayling  be  not  too  rash  with  him,  or  you 
will  loose  him.  As  I  have  said  before  his  mouth  is  tender,  and 
you  must  be  very  careful.  When  fishing  with  the  worm  in 
this  style,  you  must  not  be  surprised  to  find  a  Dace  or  a  Trout  pay 
you  a  visit  now  and  then ;  but  whether  you  will  be  disgusted 
with  such  visits  I  cannot  say.  I  remember  seeing  a  real  Gray- 
ling fisher  angle  in  the  above  style.  The  first  worm  he  put  on 
killed  a  Grayling  about  a  pound  w^eight.  I  said,  "  you  have 
made  a  good  start."     "  Yes,"  says  he,  "  this  will  do  very  well 


35 

if  I  can  do  the  same  with  this  bait."  Behold,  master  Dace 
takes  a  fancy  to  it  as  soon  as  it  gets  to  the  bottom.  The 
Angler  brought  him  in,  took  him  off  the  hook,  and  flung  him 
into  the  water  again,  apparently  very  much  annoyed.  The  next 
fish  that  came  was  a  Barbel,  two  pounds  weight,  which  he  also 
returned.  He  then  hooked  and  landed  a  Trout,  about  a  pound 
weight,  which  he  also  sent  home  again.  This  so  astonished  me 
that  I  said,  "  Do  you  know  what  you  have  done  ?  you  have 
thrown  a  fish  in  again  worth  as  much  as  your  Grayling."  "I 
do  not  care,"  he  replied,  "when  I  come  Grrayling  fishing  I 
don't  thank  any  other  fish  to  bite ;  in  fact,  I  am  disgusted  when 
I  see  another  fish  come  out."  "  Well,"  I  said,  "  you  had  better 
pick  them,  it  will  save  a  deal  of  time  and  trouble ;  put  on  a  bait 
that  nothing  but  Grrayling  will  take,  and  then  you  will  be  right." 
But,  to  speak  the  truth,  I  would  sooner  remain  at  home  than  be 
bothered  with  any  other  fish  when  I  go  after  Grayling. 


THE     CARP. 


Cabp  deposit  their  spawn  in  May  in  shallow  retired  water  where 
there  are  weeds.  From  this  time  until  July  they  are  out  of 
season  and  should  not  be  molested.  The  Carp  is  a  good  fish, 
and  should  be  well  protected  in  its  weak  and  unconditioned 
state.  The  best  months  for  Carp  fishing  are  February,  March, 
and  April,  July,  August,  and  September.  The  latter  three  are 
most  preferable,  as  Carp  will  not  bite  in  sharp  cold  weather. 
They  are  delicate  fish  and  cannot  stand  the  cold,  for  even  in  the 
hottest  weather  in  summer  they  will  not  venture  into  the  rapid 
water  of  rivers  but  remain  in  gentle  streams.  Carp  can  only 
be  fished  for  in  the  first  three  months  when  the  weather  is  fine 
and  open ;  they  will  then  be  found  in  deep  still  water.  Carp 
are  fonder  of  ponds,  lakes,  and  stagnant  waters  than  rivers,  and 
may  be  found  in  almost  every  pond  in  England,  and  in  some  they 
attain  to  a  very  large  size.  I  know  several  ponds  full  of  large 
Carp,  but  they  are  preserved,  and  those  who  angle  for  them  do 
not  understand  the  art.  The  Carp  is  shy  and  crafty,  and  the 
angler  must  be  possessed  of  much  skill  and  patience  that  can 
successfully  fish  the  rascal.  I  know  gentlemen  who  have  the 
privilege  of  fishing  these  Carp  ponds,  but  always  with  such  bad 
fortune  that  they  call  the  Carp  "  Old  Fox."  He  will  refuse  all 
sorts  of  baits,  and  defeat  every  attempt  to  catch  him,  and, 
apparently,  glorying  in  his  superior  sagacity,  will  maliciously 
sport  and  leap  around  the  boat,  roll  over  the  line,  and  defy  the 


37 

annoyed  angler  to  capture  him.  I  should  like  to  see  them 
jumping  and  rolling  about  me,  1  could  almost  bet  a  wager  that 
I  would  soon  stop  their  sport.  He  is  a  cunning  fish  certainly 
and  very  shy,  but  he  is  to  be  caught  for  all  that.  I  have  not 
had  the  pleasure  of  fishing  many  Carp  ponds,  but  I  have  fished 
them  successfully,  and  will  describe  by-and-by  my  style  of 
deceiving  the  rascals.  The  baits  for  Carp  are  very  numerous, 
and  the  following  are  recommended  by  anglers :  —Creed  malt, 
wheat,  straw-bait,  wasp-grub,  gentles,  cad-bait,  red  paste, 
white  paste,  &c.,  but  in  my  opinion  there  is  no  bait,  taking  all 
seasons  into  consideration,  that  will  catch  Carp  half  so  well  as 
the  worm  properly  used  :  the  tail  end  of  a  well-scoured  female 
lob  worm  is  an  excellent  bait,  but  the  cockspur  or  red  worm 
is  the  best  that  can  be  used  for  Carp  fishing.  At  all  times  and 
seasons  when  they  will  bite  they  will  take  either  of  the  above 
baits,  giving  a  preference,  however,  to  the  cockspur.  The  rod 
for  Carp  fishing  should  be  twelve  feet  long,  light  and  handy ;  it 
cannot  be  too  light  provided  the  action  flies  from  the  top  and 
the  wood  be  of  a  good  quality.  The  reel,  a  three  inch  wood 
one  ;  the  bobbin  to  be  filled  three  parts  full  with  soft  cotton  or 
worsted  and  the  line  on  the  top.  The  line  should  be  made  of 
all  silk,  plaited  or  twisted,  and  should  be  so  fine  as  not  to  weigh 
more  than  a  quarter  of  an  ounce  per  hundred  yards.  Eather 
fine  this,  perhaps  you  may  think,  but  not  a  bit  too  fine  for  the 
gentlemen  you  have  to  deal  with :  what  the  line  wants  in 
strength  you  must  supply  with  skill  and  judgment. 

There  is  only  one  method  of  angling  for  Carp,  and  that  is  to 
bottom  fish  for  him,  and  you  will  require  a  small  quUl  float  if  the 
water  be  four  or  five  feet  deep  ;  but  if  it  be  twelve  or  fourteen 
feet  deep  the  float  must  be  larger,  or  else  your  bait  will  be  too 
long  in  getting  to  the  bottom,  and  by  the  same  rule  alter  your 
float  when  the  wind  blows  wrong  for  throwing  in.  Tour  tackle 
should  be  four  feet  long,  and  made  of  the  finest  gut,  stained  in 
a  decoction  made  from  walnut  hulks,  which  will  dye  the  gut 
a  pale  brown.  If  you  are  fishing  in  a  still  water  let  your 
bottom  shot  be  twenty  inches  from  the  hook ;  if  in  a  gentle 


38 

stream,  let  the  shot  be  as  near  as  twelve  inches.  The  hook 
should  be  a  No.  7  or  No.  8  round  bend.  You  will  require  four 
or  five  hundred  dew  worms  and  as  many  more  cockspur  or  red 
worms,  or  any  sort  of  red  worm  will  answer  the  purpose  instead 
of  dew  worms,  perhaps  better,  as  they  would  form  the  mixture 
I  want.  Take  the  stock  and  put  them  separately  into  pots  with 
some  clean  moss.  Those  worms  with  which  you  are  going  to 
fish  should  be  scoured  for  three  or  four  days  so  as  to  make  them 
brighter  and  tougher. 

THE  AET  OP  BOTTOM  FISHING  FOE  CAEP. 

As  I  promised  I  will  now  explain  my  style  of  fishing.  We 
will  suppose  the  time  is  July,  August,  or  September.  I  take  my 
rod  and  tackle  with  me  and  about  seven  hundred  of  the 
thousand  worms  and  start  for  a  Carp  pond  or  lake  in  time  to 
get  there  by  eight  or  nine  o'clock  in  the  morning.  If  I  am  a 
stranger  to  the  water  and  have  no  person  to  show  me  the  place 
the  fish  frequent,  I  tackle  out  and  take  stock  of  the  water, 
endeavouring  to  find  the  deepest  spot  and  clearest  of  weeds.  If 
I  cannot  fish  from  the  bank  I  get  a  boat  and  go  carefully  over 
the  water  until  I  find  a  suitable  place.  I  then  ascertain  the 
depth,  either  by  plumbing  or  without,  allowing  an  inch  or  two 
for  the  bait  to  rest  on  the  bottom  :  I  then  measure  the  depth 
on  my  rod  so  that  I  can  arrange  my  float  for  the  right  depth  on 
the  following  morning  without  disturbing  the  fish.  I  now  take 
all  the  worms  from  the  moss  and  cut  the  dew  worms  into  two 
or  three  bits  and  mix  the  small  worms  with  them :  I  then  throw 
the  lot  into  the  place,  and  thus  baited  I  leave  it,  marking  the 
spot ;  I  then  either  return  home  or  spend  the  day  on  some 
other  part  of  the  pond,  and  if  I  think  of  doing  the  latter  I  take 
one  or  two  hundred  worms  extra  with  me ;  but  I  take  care  not 
to  go  near  the  place  I  have  ground  baited  any  more  that  day.  I 
return  on  the  following  morning  after  haAdng  allowed  twenty 
hours  to  elapse  since  baiting,  and  bring  with  me  the  remaining 
three  hundred  worms.     If  I  can  fish  in  this  place  from  the 


89 

bank  with  the  wind  behind  me  so  much  the  better,  but  if  I  can- 
not I  must  take  a  boat  and  take  care  to  have  the  wind  behind 
me,  going  no  nearer  than  I  am  obliged,  allowing  ten  or  twelve 
yards  to  throw,  which  I  can  easily  do  with  the  fine  line.  Having 
secured  my  boat  in  the  best  way  I  can,  I  put  on  my  float  to  the 
proper  depth,  which  I  ascertained  the  day  before  :  I  then  cut 
three  or  four  dew  worms  and  small  worms  into  bits  no  larger 
than  horse  beans  and  throw  them  into  the  place  I  have  baited, 
keeping  all  the  time  as  quiet  and  still  as  possible.  I  then 
proceed  to  bait  my  hook.  I  take  two  cockspurs  out  of  my  bag 
and  put  the  hook  in  at  the  head  of  the  first  and  out  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  from  the  tail  and  draw  it  up  the  gut ;  I  put 
the  hook  in  the  other  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  below  the  head 
and  run  it  on  to  a  quarter  of  an  inch  of  the  tail,  and  I  then 
draw  the  other  worm  down  to  it.  This  you  will  perceive  is  an 
attractive  bait,  and  when  I  cast  into  the  place  I  have  baited  a 
bite  is  almost  certain  as  soon  as  the  bait  gets  to  the  bottom.  I 
do  not  strike  the  moment  I  perceive  a  tug,  but  suffer  the  fish  to 
take  the  float  under,  then  I  strike  gently ;  if  I  find  he  is  a  good 
fish  I  allow  him  to  go  where  he  likes :  it  would  be  useless 
trying  to  stop  him  ;  if  I  did  something  would  be  sure  to  break  ; 
his  own  exertion  will  in  a  short  time  knock  him  up ;  when  it  does 
pop  the  landing  net  under  him  and  all  is  right.  Every  fish  or 
two  I  kill  I  give  them  two  or  three  worms  cut  very  small,  which 
keeps  them  together. 

Now,  I  am  convinced  if  all  gentlemen  who  go  to  fish  for  Carp 
will  but  pay  attention  to  the  remarks  I  have  made,  they  will 
seldom  return  home  disappointed. 


THE    TENCH. 


The  Tench  is  a  beautiful  fish,  thick  and  well  made,  and  con- 
sidered by  many  Anglers  to  be  as  good  as  any  that  swims,  and 
I  think  so  too  ;  but  would  like  him  better  if  he  would  forsake 
the  muddy  waters  and  take  to  a  pleasant  running  stream ;  but 
this  he  does  not  seem  to  fancy,  so  we  are  obliged  to  take  him  as 
he  is. 

Tench  spawn  at  the  latter  end  of  May  or  beginning  of  June, 
and,  like  the  Carp,  seek,  for  this  purpose,  the  most  retired  places, 
shallow  and  full  of  weeds.  Tench  should  be  strictly  preserved 
during  these  months.  They  are  then  poor  sickly  fish,  and 
easily  taken  by  the  poacher's  net.  The  best  months  for  Tench 
fishing  are  July,  August,  September,  and  October,  and  some- 
times in  March  and  April,  when  the  weather  is  fine  and  warm ; 
but  he  never  bites  in  the  cold  winter  months.  I  believe  he 
hides  himself  in  winter  either  amongst  the  weeds,  or  in  his  fa- 
vorite mud,  for  we  cannot  so  much  as  get  a  glimpse  of  him  in 
winter.  "When  I  can  catch  Tench  in  March  I  find  them  in 
first-rate  condition,  perhaps  better  than  at  any  other  time  of 
the  year,  but  he  will  rarely  be  persuaded  to  bite  so  early  in  the 
season.  The  best  baits  for  Tench  are  worms,  wasp-grub,  cad- 
bait,  and  gentles.  I  once  had  a  very  good  day's  sport  in  a  pond 
with  the  wasp-grub  for  bait,  and  gentles  for  ground  bait.  I 
baited  the  place  the  day  before  with  gentles :  this  was  in  the 
month  of  July.     The  wasp-grub  and  cad-bait  are  the  two  best 


41 

baits  you  can  fish  with  for  Teuch  the  first  month  after  spawn- 
ing ;  but  after  that  month  the  worm  is  decidedly  his  favorite 
bait,  and  will  catch  him  better  than  any  other, — the  red  worm 
or  cockspur,  and  the  female  lob  worm.  The  rod,  reel,  line, 
float  and  tackle,  recommended  for  Carp  fishing,  will  answer  for 
Tench,  only  that  the  hook  for  wasp-grub  must  be  No.  9,  instead 
of  No.  7  or  8 — the  latter  size  being  for  worm  fishing.  You 
may  bait  the  place  with  worms  in  the  same  way  as  recommended 
for  Carp,  and  fish  for  them  in  the  same  style.  Do  not  mix  your 
ground  bait  with  anything,  but  throw  the  worms  in  as  clear 
when  baiting  as  fishing :  this  is  the  only  way  to  ground  bait 
properly.  Some  Anglers  mix  up  a  fearful  mess  for  ground 
baiting.  I  once  saw  a  gentleman  in  a  punt,  on  the  Thames, 
mix  up  the  following  beautiful  mess  for  ground  baiting,  half 
a  tubful  of  which  he  threw  in : — A  quart  of  bran,  two  pounds 
of  soaked  bread,  a  quart  of  gentles,  two  or  three  handfuls  of 
greaves,  and  two  or  three  hundred  of  chopped  dew  worms,  the 
whole  of  which  he  kneaded  together  in  the  same  way  as  a  baker 
would  knead  bread — his  sleeves  being  turned  up  to  his  shoulders. 
This  bait,  instead  of  having  the  desired  effect,  produced  the  very 
opposite  result.  This  ground  bait  has  been  recommended  by 
some  Anglers  both  for  Carp  and  Tench ;  but  I  think  it  is  ab- 
surd, and  so  I  am  sure  will  every  sensible  reader. 


THE     BARBEL 


This  is  a  handsome  well  made  fish,  but  he  has  got  a  bad  name, 
in  consequence  of  his  coarseness,  and  many  Anglers  do  not  con- 
sider him  worth  fishing  for.  His  flesh  is  certainly  coarse,  and 
bad  food,  but  gentlemen  Anglers  do  not  fish  Barbel  for  eating, 
they  fish  them  for  pleasure  and  sport,  and  Barbel  is  just  the  fish, 
when  hooked  with  fine  tackle,  to  give  the  Angler  any  amount 
of  sport  and  excitement.  "When  a  Barbel  is  hooked  with  fine 
tackle  it  requires  no  ordinary  amount  of  care  and  skill  to  kill 
him,  and  herein  lies  the  delight  of  gentlemen  Anglers.  I 
know  hundreds  who  prefer  angling  for  Barbel  than  for  any 
other  fish.  The  great  Izaak  Walton  was  very  partial  to  Barbel 
fishing,  but  whether  he  ate  them  when  caught  is  another  thing. 
But  let  me  tell  you  who  are  so  prejudiced  against  Barbel 
and  Barbel  fishing  that  you  are  "  duffers  " — excuse  my  freedom 
— for  it  makes  me  wroth  to  hear  Barbel  fishing  run  down  by 
those  who  do  not  understand  the  art.  Tor  my  part,  when  Bar- 
bel is  in  season,  I  would  rather  angle  for  him  than  for  any  other 
fish.  So  enamoured  am  I  of  Barbel  fishing,  that  I  found  myself 
once  inspired  to  give  vent  to  the  following  poetical  eff'usion — 
listen  and  be  edified  : — 

The  Barbel  is  a  handsome  fish, 

As  you  may  plainly  see, 
But  that  his  flesh  is  very  coarse, 

With  me  you  will  agree. 
Yet  fights  he  hard,  and  dies  right  game, 

And  thinks  of  getting  free, 
But  then  he  finds  it  is  no  go 

When  once  hooked  fair  by  me. 


43 

Barbel  deposit  their  spawn  in  May,  under  weeds,  and  in  a 
gentle  stream  with  a  gravelly  bottom.  After  spawning  they 
lie  in  a  weak,  sickly,  and  torpid  state  for  a  week  or  two,  but 
they  should  not  be  molested  for  a  month.  I  am  sorry  to  say  I 
know  that  many  are  taken  in  this  state  by  the  net,  spear,  and 
other  foul  means  ;  but  the  genuine  Angler  would  scorn  to  do  this, 
and  those  who  could  be  guilty  of  such  cruelty  ought  to  be 
severely  punished.  The  Barbel,  as  soon  as  he  has  gained  a  little 
strength,  makes  his  way  to  the  sharpest  streams  he  can  find,  to 
scour  and  clean  himself.  In  the  latter  end  of  June  or  begin- 
ning of  July,  while  he  is  in  rapid  streams,  he  affords  the  Angler 
first  rate  sport,  but  it  requires  a  oood  stomach  and  a  deal  of 
patience  to  fish  such  places  with  the  float.  Towards  the  latter 
end  of  July,  or  beginning  of  August,  he  returns  into  deeper 
water,  and  remains  there  all  the  season  excepting  on  bright  hot 
days,  and  when  there  is  a  rise  of  water,  when  of  course  he 
takes  to  the  shallow  streams.  Wherever  you  once  find  Barbel, 
if  in  a  scouring  place,  you  may  catch  them  more  or  less  through- 
out the  season,  till  October,  when  the  frosty  nights  put  a  stop 
to  Barbel  fishing  in  the  streams.  The  only  chance  you  have 
then  is  to  fish  the  deepest  water  you  can  find ;  or  wherever 
there  is  a  shelving  bank,  or  a  deep  cover  of  any  sort,  that 
will  make  him  a  home  for  the  winter  months.  He  will  re- 
main in  such  places  up  to  March,  unless  a  rise  of  water  or 
flood  comes  to  force  him  out  against  his  will.  My  opinion  is 
that  Barbel  lie  in  a  torpid  state  in  the  coldest  winter  months, 
and  feed  but  little,  and  I  think  it  useless  attempting  to  find  out 
a  bait  that  will  catch  him  as  well  in  winter  as  in  summer.  I 
have  tried  this  for  many  years,  but  without  success,  and  will 
now  give  it  up  and  leave  it  for  some  one  else  to  discover. 

The  best  months  for  Barbel  fishing  are  July,  August,  and  Sep- 
tember, and  October  if  the  weather  is  fine  and  the  water  clear. 
April  is  also  a  good  month  if  the  weather  is  fine  and  warm,  and 
the  water  is  low  and  clear.  I  have  had  some  good  Barbel  fishing 
in  April,  and  I  have  also  taken  them  freely  up  to  the  14th  or  15th 
of  May,  but  never  later  before  spawning.     But  in  the  season 


4A 

in  which  I  caught  them  so  late,  the  months  of  March  and  April 
were  very  wet  and  cold,  and  I  believe  that  in  consequence  they 
went  a  week  or  two  past  their  usual  spawning  time.  I  have 
seen  them  on  the  scour  as  thick  as  they  could  lie  on  the  2nd  of 
May,  but  never  sooner.  There  are  numerous  baits  used  for 
Barbel,  but  I  shall  confine  myself  to  mentioning  those  which  I 
use  myself,  and  which  I  consider  best  at  the  different  seasons  . 
of  the  year.  The  cadbait  is  good  for  Barbel  fishing  just  before  \ 
spawning  time,  and  for  the  first  two  or  three  weeks  when  they 
can  be  fished  for  after.  The  cadbait,  as  I  have  elsewhere  men- 
tioned, is  found  under  large  stones,  on  a  gravelly  bottom,  in 
April,  May,  June,  and  July.  Maggots  and  gentles  are  good  baits  in 
some  rivers,  but  do  not  take  very  well  in  the  Trent.  Greaves, 
cheese,  and  worms,  I  believe  really  to  be  the  best  baits  for  Bar- 
bel. The  fittest  months  for  greaves  and  cheese  are  August  and 
September ;  the  dew  worm  may  be  used  almost  at  any  time, 
and,  in  my  opinion,  you  may  catch  more  Barbel,  and  keep 
them  biting  longer,  with  the  worm,  than  with  any  other  bait 
ever  invented.  This  I  have  found  to  be  the  case  in  all  rivers 
that  I  have  fished. 

The  best  method  of  fishing  for  Barbel  is  with  the  float. 
Some  Anglers  consider  the  plumb,  or  leger,  the  best  style 
and  the  most  killing  mode  of  fishing,  but  I  should  have  to  talk 
for  a  long  time  before  I  could  make  my  pupils  believe  this ;  and 
all  sensible  people,  and  every  pupil  to  whom  I  have  divulged 
all  the  mysteries  of  angling,  concur  with  me  in  thinking  that 
plumbing  is  too  slow  and  sleepy  for  the  Anglers  of  the  present 
day.  There  is  as  much  difference  between  plumbing  and  float  fish- 
ing as  there  is  between  the  slow  coach  of  bye-gone  days  and  the 
fast  railway  car  of  the  present  time.  My  opinion  is,  that  the 
plumb  will  be  shortly  shelved  altogether,  except  for  night  fish- 
ing, or  when  the  water  is  thick :  these  are  the  only  times  I 
should  recommend  the  plumb  to  be  used. 

The  Eod  fob  Float  Fishing  should  be  twelve  feet  long, 
light,  and  handy, — one  that  you  may  fish  with  without  tiring. 
The  rod  which  I  make  myself  is  just  the  thing ;  I  cannot  see 


45 

where  I  could  improve  it,  or  make  one  to  answer  the  purpose 
better.  I  have  made  a  great  many  rods  of  this  description  for 
those  who  approve  of  my  style  of  angling,  and  they  form,  I  am 
proud  to  say,  a  very  numerous  body. 

The  Kod  fob  Plumbing  must  be  thirteen  feet  long,  and 
much  stiffer  than  the  one  for  float  fishing. 

The  Eeel  for  Barbel  fishing  should  be  a  three  and  a  half 
inch  common  wood  one,  varnished,  to  keep  the  rain  from  swel- 
ling the  wood,  without  any  brass  about  it,  except  the  slide  or 
hoop  for  fastening  to  the  rod.  The  freer  it  runs  the  better. 
You  should  carry  a  small  bottle  of  oil  with  you,  and  oil  it  two 
or  three  times  when  fishing. 

The  Line  for  Float  Fishing  should  be  made  entirely  of 
silk,  twisted,  one  hundred  yards  to  weigh  about  six  drams; 
half  an  ounce  line  this  length  would  be  too  thick. 

The  Line  foe  Plumbing  should  also  be  made  of  silk, 
twisted,  and  weigh  about  ten  drams  per  one  hundred  yards. 
These  lines  are  excellent  for  Barbel  fishing,  and  when  in  skilful 
hands  are  strong  enough  to  land  the  largest  Barbel  that  ever 
swam.  The  following  anecdote  will  show  how  some  people  con- 
demn the  lines  and  tackle  as  being  bad  when  they  break,  instead 
of  ascribing  the  breaking  to  their  own  carelessness  and 
inexperience.  "What  I  shall  relate  occurred  between  a 
gentleman  and  myself.  One  day,  when  Barbel  fishing  in  the 
Trent,  and  having  very  good  sport  with  a  five  dram  line  (a 
shade  finer  than  the  one  recommended  above  for  float  fishing), 
a  gentleman  came  up  to  me  and  made  the  following  remarks : — 
"  Upon  my  word,  fisherman,  you  have  had  first-rate  sport ;  well, 
I  never  saw  the  like,  why  there  you  have  got  another :  they 
are  biting  every  swim;  that  fish  must  be  four  pounds;  well 
done  !  I  never  saw  Barbel  bite  better ;  and  what  beautiful 
tackle  you  are  fishing  with  ;  it  appears  to  me  you  understand 
how  to  use  it  too.  Your  line  is  really  very  fine,  but  I  suppose 
you  think  it  none  too  fine.  T  should  like  to  buy  a  line  like 
this."  "  Well,  Sir,"  I  said,  "  I  have  got  one  in  my  pocket-book 
made  from  the  same  silk,  and  the  same  size  as  the  one  I  am 


46 

fishing  with ;  here  it  is,  and  the  price  is  two  shillings."  "Yes," 
replied  the  gent,  "  it  appears  to  be  something  like  the  one  you 
are  fishing  with;  I  will  buy  it,  and  the  next  time  I  come 
fishing  I  will  try  it ;  here  is  your  money,  and  I  bid  you  good 
day."  In  about  a  week  after  I  went  to  fish  in  the  same  place, 
and  just  before  I  got  there  I  met  the  gentleman  to  whom  I 
had  sold  the  line,  who  saluted  me  in  the  following  style :  "Halloo, 
fisherman,  that  line  I  had  of  you  was  good  for  nothing,  it  was 
as  rotten  as  a  bit  of  cotton.  I  went  the  other  day  and  hooked 
four  or  five  good  fish,  and  each  and  all  of  them  broke  the  line, 
and  ran  away  with  float  and  tackle  as  well.  Now  mark,  if  you 
don't  find  me  another  line,  or  return  to  me  the  two  shillings, 
which  I  gave  you,  I  shall  consider  that  you  have  picked  my 
pocket."  I  replied,  "  No,  Sir,  I  shall  not  return  your  money, 
neither  shall  I  find  you  another  line,  until  I  see  which  is  to 
blame,  you  or  the  line.  Go  and  fetch  your  fishing  tackle  and 
come  along  with  me,  and  let  me  see  how  you  broke  this  line." 
He  did  so,  and  we  went  on  together.  "  Now,  fisherman,"  he 
said,  "  you  take  the  rod,  and  I  warrant  you  will  be  convinced 
in  less  than  five  minutes  that  the  line  is  the  worst  you  ever 
fished  with."  I  did  so,  and  the  first  fish  I  hooked  was  three 
pounds;  I  killed  him,  making  the  remark,  "  that  has  not  broke 
it."  I  hooked  another  and  killed  him,  and  made  the  same  re- 
mark, and  so  on  vnth  five  or  six,  making  the  same  observation 
as  to  the  line  not  breaking  after  the  capture  of  each.  "  Now, 
Sir,"  I  said,  "  it  is  your  turn.  Take  the  rod  and  let  me  see 
how  the  fish  break  it  in  your  hands."  He  did  so,  and  hooked  a 
fish  the  first  swim,  which  would  certainly  have  broken  uhe  line 
in  a  moment  had  I  not  snatched  his  hand  from  the  reel,  saying, 
"  I  shall  not  allow  that,  you  must  let  the  line  go  when  he  wants 
to  run,  or  else  something  is  sure  break.  I  find  you  have  been 
trying  your  strength  with  the  fish ;  you  fancied  you  could  pull 
quite  as  hard  as  the  fish,  and  of  course  smash  went  the  line ; 
then  you  come  to  me  and  say  it  was  a  bad,  rotten  line,  and  call 
me  a  pickpocket.  He  went  on  angling  and  killed  four  or  five 
good  fish  as  well  as  any  man  could,  without  in  the  least  strain- 


47 

ing  his  tackle  or  line.  ''Well,  fisherman,"  he  at  last  said, 
instead  of  my  convincing  you  that  the  line  was  a  bad  one,  you 
have  proved  it  be  a  very  good  one,  just  the  reverse  of  what  I 
expected.  I  find  now  that  I  was  to  blame  and  not  the  line. 
I  think  I  could  kill  the  largest  fish  in  the  river  with  the  line, 
which,  an  hour  ago,  I  believed  to  be  the  worst  I  had  ever  fished 
with.  What  a  blunder  I  have  made,  and  how  ridiculous  I 
must  have  appeared  in  your  eyes,  you  knowing  better  all  the 
time.  Well,  fisherman,  the  lesson  you  taught  me  this  morning 
I  shall  not  forget ;  and  here  is  a  crown  for  you,  it  will  make  a 
little  amends  for  the  rough  remarks  I  made  when  we  met." 
"  Well,  Sir,"  I  observed,  "  I  feel  pleased  you  are  satisfied ;  and 
you  will  now  see  that  no  Angler  need  allow  a  fish,  when  once 
hooked,  to  break  his  tackle,  be  it  ever  so  fine.  I  have  killed 
thousands  of  Barbel  in  my  time,  and  never  knew  what  it  \\  as 
to  break  a  line  with  a  fish."  I  hope  all  my  pupils  and  friends 
will  take  a  lesson  from  this,  and  never  have  to  say  that  a  fish 
broke  their  tackle. 

The  Float  for  Barbel  fishing  should  be  a  cork  one,  long 
and  thin,  as  this  make  of  float  passes  through  the  water 
quicker  and  better  than  one  made  of  the  bung  shape.  It  is 
better  without  paint ;  the  cork  made  smooth,  and  varnished,  is 
all  that  is  required. 

The  Tackle  for  GoEKiif  g  should  be  one  yard  of  fine  gut, 
care  being  taken  that  it  is  not  too  stout,  for  when  you  get  fast, 
it  will  break  your  line  and  you  will  lose  your  float  and  tackle 
as  well.  Let  the  bottom  gut,  especially,  be  fine  and  round. 
Place  your  bottom  shot  one  foot  from  the  hook;  five  or  six  bb  shot 
is  sufficient ;  if  you  require  more  weight  put  corking  weights  on 
your  line,  to  fall  on  the  top  of  the  tackle.  Let  your  shot  be  the 
thickest  together  near  the  top  of  the  tackle,  and  taper  them  down 
to  the  bottom.  Your  hook  should  be  a  No.  3,  tafted  on  with  a 
bit  of  silk  line,  and  noosed  to  your  gut. 

The  Tackle  foe  Pltjmbikg  should  be  made  of  two  stout 
guts,  which  will  be  sufficient ;  two  shots  in  the  middle,  and  a 
2^0.  2  hook  tafted  on  the  same  as  the  above. 


48 

THE  BEST  BAITS  FOE  BAEBEL,  AND  THE    BEST 

METHOD   OE  USING  THEM. 

The  Cadbait  is  very  tender  and  will  not  stand  much  knock- 
ing about,  and  when  the  fish  are  in  rapid  streams,  you  can  only 
use  it  with  the  plumb.  Let  your  hook  be  a  No.  6,  lapped  on 
with  white  silk — not  tafted.  Put  two  or  three  baits  carefully 
on  so  that  they  will  form  a  little  bunch.  It  would  be  useless 
throwing  any  of  these  baits  in  for  the  purpose  of  getting  the 
fish  together,  the  stream  being  strong,  and  the  baits  so  light, 
there  would  be  no  calculating  to  what  distance  they  would 
swim  before  they  got  to  the  bottom. 

WoEMS  for  bait  should  be  carefully  selected  and  put  into 
moss,  well  washed,  shaking  them  up  two  or  three  times  a  day. 
In  two  or  three  days  they  will  become  tough,  and  of  a  bright 
red.  The  worms  for  ground  baiting,  or  for  throwing  in  whilst 
fishing,  are  best  not  scoured.  I  have  always  found  those  fresh 
from  the  ground  to  be  the  best  for  this  purpose.  You  may 
fish  with  worm  either  with  the  plumb  or  float,  but  I  should  re- 
commend you  to  fish  with  the  float  when  you  can,  and  with 
the  plumb  only  when  you  are  obliged. 

Cheese  made  from  old  milk  is  the  best  for  Barbel  fishing, 
white  and  tough  without  salt.  Tou  must  cut  it  up  into 
square  bits  about  the  size  of  small  dice.  You  must  not  use 
a  float  when  fishing  with  cheese,  except  where  the  water  is 
still  and  your  bait  can  lie  on  the  bottom.  It  would  prove  a  bad 
spec  were  you  to  fish  with  the  float  in  a  stream  with  cheese. 
The  plumb  is  the  best  to  use  for  cheese  fishing. 

GrEEAVES  or  ScEATCHiNQ  require  first  to  be  broken  with  a 
hammer ;  then  put  into  a  saucepan  with  sufficient  water  to  cover 
them,  allowing  them  to  boil  for  twenty  minutes,  frequently 
stirring  to  keep  them  from  burning.  Afterwards  put  the  pan 
in  a  cool  place  until  the  scratching  is  perfectly  cold  and  stifle, 
when  it  is  fit  for  use :  this  is  the  best  method  of  preparing 
greavea.    You  may  use  this  bait  either  with  plumb  or  float, 


49 

but  in  either  case  the-  stream  must  be  very  slow,  so  that  the 
bait  can  lie  on  the  bottom. 

Grotjnd  Bait  with  worms  for  Barbel,  a  place  which  you 
fancy,  and  in  which  you  may  think  a  stock  of  fish  lie.  Use  for 
this  purpose  fifteen  hundred  dew  worms,  but  do  not  mix  them 
with  anything  as  some  Anglers  recommend.  Believe  me, 
this  is  a  vulgar  error,  and  heed  it  not — it  is  mere  "bosh."  Do 
not  cut  the  worms  up,  but  throw  them  in  whole :  if  you  cut  them 
into  small  pieces  they  will  be  eaten  up  by  all  sorts  of  small  fry, 
and  not  by  the  fish  you  bait  for.  Never  bait  a  place  at  night 
to  fish  the  next  morning.  If  you  bait  at  night  you  should  not 
fish  before  the  next  night.  If  you  wish  to  fish  in  the  morning 
bait  on  the  previous  morning.  I  always  allow  twenty  hours  to 
elapse  after  ground  baiting  before  I  commence  to  fish,  and  this, 
I  have  found  by  experience,  to  be  about  the  right  time.  If  you 
ground  bait  with  cheese  cut  it  into  small  squares  about  the  size 
of  dice ;  a  three  half-pint  pot  will  be  sufficient  to  bait  any  place 
where  the  fish  are  numerous.  Throw  the  cheese  in  without  any 
other  mixture,  and  do  not  fish  before  thirty  hours  after.  I  do 
not  approve  of  baiting  with  scratching,  although  I  know  many 
Anglers  use  it  as  a  ground  bait,  but  I  am  convinced  that  if  they 
would  merely  throw  in  a  bit  now  and  then  when  fishing^  and 
keep  moving  from  place  to  place,  they  would  kill  more  fish  than 
if  they  had  ground  baited.  There  is  no  other  bait  that  you 
can  catch  three  or  four  Barbel  with  so  quickly  as  scratching, 
but  although  the  fish  are  very  fond  of  it,  they  can  eat  but  little, 
and  ground  baiting  with  greaves  sicken  them  for  a  long  time. 
Some  Anglers  use  different  sorts  of  scents  and  colouring  for 
their  baits  to  attract  the  fish.  I  know  an  Angler  who  says  that  he 
has  got  a  scent  to  flavour  his  bait  that  will  draw  the  fish  towards 
it  from  a  great  distance,  just  as  a  loadstone  would  attract  a 
needle,  and  that  if  a  fish  comes  anywhere  near  this  perfumed 
bait,  he  cannot  refrain  from  taking  it.  I  certainly  consider  this 
Angler  very  selfish  in  keeping  so  valuable  a  secret  to  himself, 
and  not  revealing  it  to  the  world  for  the  benefit  of  the  angling 
fraternity.     I  am  sorry  to  say  I  do  not  know  any  of  these  attrac- 


60 

tive  scents,  unless  the  following  may  be  considered  one :— Take 
two  pounds  of  judgment,  four  pounds  of  patience,  and  six  pounds 
of  practical  knowledge ;  mix  the  whole  well  together,  and  I  think 
you  will  find  it  to  be  a  valuable  recipe  for  taking  any  of  the 
twelve  fish  treated  of  in  this  book. 

THE  AET  OF  ANGLING  FOE  BAEBEL. 

.  The  best  state  of  the  water  is  when  it  is  clear  and  low.  The 
best  wind  for  Barbel  fishing  with  the  float  is  that  which  blows 
behind  you,  no  matter  from  what  quarter  it  comes,  North,  East, 
South,  or  West,  so  long  as  it  blows  off  the  bank  from  which 
you  are  fishing,  and  slightly  up  the  river.  Some  Anglers 
contend  that  the  fish  will  not  bite  when  the  wind  is  in  the  East 
but  I  have  satisfied  myself  by  experience  that  this  is  "bosh." 
I  know  several  swims  in  which  it  would  be  impossible  to  fish 
with  the  float  for  Barbel  with  any  other  than  an  easterly  wind. 
I  am  speaking  of  fishing  from  the  bank.  Of  course  if  you  fish  from 
a  boat  or  punt  the  direction  of  the  wind  does  notmatter,  as  youcan 
shift  your  position  ;  but  you  must  remember  that  it  is  useless 
attempting  to  Barbel  fish  with  the  float  when  the  wind  is  blowing 
in  your  face  or  down  the  river ;  the  latter  especially  will  beat 
you,  as  the  stream  near  the  top  is  then  impelled  much  faster 
than  the  current  at  the  bottom,  so  that  your  float  is  driven 
forward,  while  your  tackle  and  bait  is  dragging  behind,  which  is 
the  reverse  of  the  proper  style.  Your  bait  should  always  be  in 
advance  of  your  float :  never  allow  your  bait  to  trail  on  the 
bottom,  but  just  to  miss  it,  nor  your  line  to  swim  before  your 
float.  When  the  wind  is  blowing  right  for  you,  by  allowing 
the  line  to  go  rather  tight,  you  keep  it  behind  the  float,  and  the 
float  will  then  point  up  the  stream,  while  the  tackle  will  go  in 
advance  of  it.  This  is  what  I  call  putting  the  bait  against  the 
noses  of  the  fish.  When  your  bait  is  swimming  in  this  style,  the 
fish  can  take  it  without  much  trouble  ;  all  that  he  has  got  to  do 
is  to  open  his  mouth  and  let  it  go  in.  But  when  your  float  is 
swimming  first,  and  your  bait  dragging  on  the  bottom,  your  shot 


51 

and  tackle  come  against  the  nose  ofthe  fish,  and  if  he  should  happen 
to  see  the  bait,  he  has  to  turn  round  and  swim  after  it  before  he 
can  take  it,  which  he  seldom  will  do  unless  he  is  very  hungrj^ 
I  remember  a  keeper  on  the  Trentsendingforme  to  catch  some 
Barbel,  his  water  being  overstocked  with  this  description  offish. 
I  went  and  found  first-rate  Barbel  fishing,  and  the  fish  a  good 
size.  About  the  middle  of  the  day,  when  I  was  catching  them 
very  rapidly,  the  keeper  came  round  and  was  much  pleased  with 
the  sport.  He  said,  "you  appear  to  catch  them  so  easily  that  I  think 
Icould  catch  one:  will  you  letmehaveatry?"  "Ofcoursel  will," 
I  said,  and  I  put  a  fresh  bait  on  for  him.  Now  this  keeper  had  at 
least  twenty  swims  and  did  not  get  a  single  bite.  He  was 
fishing  with  the  same  kind  of  bait,  in  the  same  swim,  and  with  the 
same  depth  as  I  was,  but  not  a  nibble  did  he  get.  He  gave  it  up 
and  went  away,  saying  "  It  is  no  go,  fisherman  ;  I  can't  catch 
one ;  they  dont  know  me."  "Well,  the  first  swim  I  had  after 
he  was  gone  I  got  another,  and  many  more  before  I  had  done. 
Now  what  was  the  reason  that  the  keeper  did  not  get  a  bite  ? 
I  knew,  but  did  not  feel  disposed  to  tell  him  then.  The  simple 
cause  was  that  he  allowed  the  line  to  swim  before  the  float  and 
the  tackle,  and  the  bait  dragged  behind  as  I  have  already  described ; 
and,  reader,  if  you  do  not  remember  to  avoid  this,  you  will  meet 
with  no  better  success  than  he  did.  If  but  one  little  thing  is 
done  wrong,  all  is  not  right.  In  nineteen  cases  out  of  twenty, 
when  the  Angler  returns  home  with  his  basket  empty  and  his 
mouth  full  of  all  sorts  of  absurd  excuses,  his  want  of  success  has 
been  entirely  owing  to  some  error  on  his  own  part — some  fault 
has  been  committed.  He  has  perhaps  thrown  too  much  ground 
bait  in  at  first,  which  is  a  serious  mistake ;  or  he  may  have 
thrown  his  ground  bait  too  high  up  the  stream,  and  it  has  sunk 
before  he  thought  it  would,  in  which  case  the  fish  would  be  all 
above  him  ;  or  he  may  have  thrown  it  too  far  down,  and  it  has 
gone  out  of  his  reach.  To  obviate  this  last  mistake,  I  would 
recommend  the  Barbel  fisher  to  have  a  swim  occasionally  of 
twenty  or  thirty  yards.  When  he  has  discovered  his  mistake, 
he  can  remedy  it  by  throwing  his  ground  bait  a  little  higher  up 


52 

the  stream,  so  as  to  draw  the  fish  nearer  to  him.  When  the 
water  is  very  clear  I  would  not  advise  you  to  attempt  to  get 
the  fish  too  dose  to  you,  but  keep  them  at  a  distance,  say  ten  or 
fifteen  yards  ;  they  will  bite  better  and  longer  by  so  doing.  It 
will  be  impossible  for  me  to  explain  how  or  where  to  throw  your 
worms  or  any  ground  bait  in,  as  the  water  being  of  a  different 
depth  in  different  places,  the  ground  bait  requires  to  be  thrown 
differently  in ;  but  I  will  describe  a  good  plan.  "When  you 
have  found  a  Barbel  swim  get  the  depth  by  allowing  the  bait  on 
your  tackle  just  to  miss  the  bottom ;  select  that  part  of  the  swim 
which  has  the  loveliest  bottom — free  from  large  stones,  weeds, 
or  anything  foul.  If  you  are  going  to  fish  with  dew  worms,  cut 
about  twenty,  each  worm  into  four  bits,  but  not  more,  as  if  the 
pieces  are  too  small  they  will  be  eaten  up  by  little  fish  before 
they  get  to  the  bottom,  and  of  course  will  have  no  effect.  Throw 
them  in,  making  a  calculation  for  the  stream  and  the  depth  of 
water,  and  watch  the  course  of  the  stream,  for  depend  upon  it 
wherever  your  worms  go  there  will  the  fish  go  also,  and  unless 
your  bait  follows  in  the  same  direction  you  will  get  no  sport. 
If  the  first  few  worms  do  not  take  effect  in  ten  minutes,  throw 
in  as  many  more  in  another  direction,  either  higher  up,  lower 
down,  further  or  closer  in,  as  you  may  conceive  to  be  most 
advisable.  Continue  this  plan  for  an  hour,  trying  every  dodge 
you  can  think  of,  but  if  you  find  that  you  are  still  unsuccessful, 
as  a  last  resource,  if  you  have  plenty  of  worms,  cut  up  a  hundred 
or  two  and  pitch  them  in.  If,  after  fishing  for  twenty  minutes 
longer,  this  has  no  effect,  abandon  the  place  and  seek  another. 
The  reason  I  do  not  recommend  throwing  much  ground  bait  in 
at  first  is,  that  you  may  have  selected  a  swim  in  which  there 
might  only  be  five  or  six  Barbel,  and  if  you  have  cut  up  and 
thrown  in  two  hundred  dew  worms,  the  moment  they  get  to  the 
bottom  the  fish  will  devour  them  up  as  a  lot  of  chickens  would 
a  handful  of  barley  thrown  to  them,  and  the  consequence  is  that 
you  cannot  get  a  bite,  because  you  have  given  the  fish  more 
worms  than  they  can  eat,  and  being  satiated  they  will  not  look 
at  your  well-scoured  bait.     If  you  could  see  the  bottom  and  the 


53 

number  offish  you  were  going  to  angle  for,  you  would  know  what 
to  do,  but  as  you  cannot  do  this  you  would  be  acting  quite  right 
by  adopting  the  plan  I  have  laid  down,  commencing  by  throwing 
in  a  few,  and  finishing  by  pitching  in  as  many  as  you  like.  As 
the  Angler  cannot  see  beyond  a  foot  or  two  of  the  surface  of 
the  water,  he  cannot  tell  what  is  going  on  underneath.  I  have 
often  thought  it  would  be  a  great  thing  for  Anglers  if  some  glass 
or  instrument  were  invented  to  penetrate  through  the  deep 
water  so  that  one  might  see  the  fish  and  all  there  was  between 
the  surface  and  the  bottom  ;  we  could  then  make  our  arrange- 
ments for  fishing  with  considerable  ease.  And  who  says  such 
a  discovery  is  impossible  ?  Look  at  the  wonderful  inventions 
which  are  daily  and  hourly  made,  inventions  which  a  century 
ago  were  never  dreamt  of.  We  live  in  an  enlightened  age — 
an  age  in  which  so  many  discoveries  and  improvements  are  made 
in  the  arts  and  sciences,  that  one  cannot  help  thinking  that  such 
an  instrument  as  I  have  described  could  be  easily  invented. 
I  am  persuaded  that  if  some  of  our  great  scientific  opticians 
gave  their  attention  to  the  matter,  a  glass  could  be  constructed 
with  which  one  could  discern  everything  from  the  surface  to  the 
bottom,  at  least  where  the  water  was  clear  and  not  more  than 
ten  or  twelve  feet  deep.  Such  a  discovery  would  be  a  great 
boon  to  the  Angling  fraternity. 

I  will  show  you  how  I  have  several  times  been  cheated  for 
the  want  of  an  instrument  of  the  above  description,  how  I  found 
out  the  cheat,  and  the  reason  why  I  recommend  a  large  quan- 
tity of  ground-bait  being  used  as  a  last  resource.  I  commenced 
fishing  a  Barbel  swim,  where  I  thought  there  would  be  plenty 
of  good  fish,  with  the  wind  and  water  to  my  mind,  and  a  thou- 
sand worms  to  start  with.  I  felt  confident  I  should  have  good 
sport  in  a  short  time,  which  I  had,  as  you  will  see.  I  started 
by  throvring  in  twenty  worms,  just  as  I  have  recommended,  and 
followed  this  up  by  giving  the  fish  five  or  six  such  lots  in  the 
course  of  an  hour.  I  fished  in  a  style  that  I  thought  nothing 
could  beat — the  float  going  down  the  stream  as  steady  as  if 
there  was  no  line  attached  to  it,  and  the  tackle  and  bait  going 


54 

in  the  right  form  ;  in  fact,  I  was  fishing  as  well  as  I  could  wish. 
A  whole  hour  passed  away  without  a  single  nibble.  In  vain  I 
perplexed  my  brain  to  discover  from  what  my  want  of  success 
arose,  and  I  was  actually  begianiug  to  become  disgusted  with 
myself  and  everything  around  me,  when  as  I  was  throwing  from 
the  reel,  I  happened  by  accident  to  throw  five  or  six  yards  higher 
up  the  stream  than  I  had  intended,  and  which  I  had  not  done 
before.  The  float  did  not  cock,  and  I  fancied  the  tackle  lodged 
on  something  coming  down  the  stream.  I  was  proceeding  to 
draw  it  out  to  throw  in  again,  when,  behold  1  1  found  a  Chub 
of  a  pound  weight  had  caught  hold  of  the  bait,  and  kept  it  from 
sinking.  I  got  him  out,  and  put  another  bait  on,  and  went  up 
five  or  six  yards  higher,  and  threw  again.  The  float  lay  flat  on 
the  water,  just  the  same  as  before.  I  struck,  and  caught  a 
E-oach,  half-a-pound.  I  threw  again,  and  caught  a  large  Dace 
in  the  same  way.  I  began  now  to  see  what  was  the  matter.  I 
said  to  myself,  "  You  rascals,  I  will  give  you  such  a  quilting  as  you 
have  never  had  before."  I  took  off" my  Barbel  float  and  tackle,  and 
put  on  a  quill  float  and  Dace  tackle,  with  a  No.  8  hook,  baited 
with  the  tail  of  a  female  lob.  The  water  was  1 2  feet  deep,  but 
I  arranged  the  float  so  as  to  fish  about  the  middle.  Well,  most 
astonishingly,  I  had  a  bite,  either  of  Roach,  Dace,  Chub,  or 
Perch,  every  swim,  without  having  to  throw  in  any  more  worms. 
In  about  an  hour  I  had  silenced  all  their  guns,  and  caused  those 
that  were  left  to  retreat.  When  I  found  the  little  fellows  were  all 
gone,  I  went  to  my  worm  bag,  took  out  about  a  hundred,  cut 
them  up,  and  threw  them  in  the  same  place  that  I  had  done 
before.  I  then  again  put  on  my  Barbel  float  and  tackle,  and 
fished  in  the  same  style  as  I  did  when  I  first  commenced.  The 
first  two  swims  I  had  not  a  touch,  the  next  three  I  hooked  a 
Barbel  each  swim  ;  it  then  appeared  to  be  all  over,  for  I  could 
not  get  a  bite,  but  as  a  last  resource  I  cut  about  two  hundred 
worms  in  bits,  thinking  to  myself  that  if  they  did  not  take  eff'ect 
I  would  leave,  and  seek  another  place.  But  they  did  take 
eff'ect,  for  the  fish  came  on  to  bite  in  good  earnest,  and  I  believe 
within  the  last  hour  that  I  fished  I  caught  nineteen  good  Barbel, 


65 

which  I  found  to  be  as  much  as  I  could  carry,  and  I  went  home 
quite  satisfied  with  my  three  hours'  fishing.  Some  Barbel 
fishers  who  may  read  this  may  say  that  if  I  had  given  them  two 
hundred  worms  at  fij'st,  and  followed  it  up  in  twenty  minutes 
with  as  many  more,  I  would  have  killed  all  my  fish  in  the  first 
hour,  and  saved  a  deal  of  trouble  besides,  which  I  readily  admit, 
but  I  did  not  know  that  there  had  been  about  two  or  thi  ee 
hundred  Eoach,  Dace,  and  Chub  swimming  five  or  six  feet  from 
the  surface,  and  eating  up  the  worms  as  I  threw  them  in,  not 
allowing  a  bit  to  go  to  the  bottom.  Had  I  known  this,  by 
throwing  in  a  good  dose  at  first,  and  following  it  up  with  another, 
I  should  have  satisfied  the  small  fry,  and  the  Barbel  would  have 
come  on  to  bite  thick  and  fast.  But,  as  I  said  before,  it  is  im- 
possible to  know  what  is  going  on  under  the  water.  If  we  could 
see  everything  from  the  surface  to  the  bottom,  then  angling 
would  become  very  simple  ;  but  as  we  cannot  see  what  we  would 
wish  to  see,  we  must  try  and  do  the  best  we  can.  And  as  such 
swims  as  this  I  have  described  are  few  and  far  between,  I 
would  recommend  the  Barbel  fisher  to  adopt  the  plan  I  have 
already  mentioned,  and  I  am  satisfied  he  will  not  be  doing  wrong 
if  he  will  abide  by  it,  namely,  by  throwing  in  a  few  worms  when 
commencing,  and  finishing  by  casting  in  as  many  as  he  likes. 
Some  Barbel  fishers  have  a  very  bad  system  of  ground  baiting 
the  place  while  fishing.  They  get  the  fish  on  the  bite,  and  every 
fish  they  kill,  in  goes  a  lot  more  ground  bait.  "  My  word,"  they 
say,  and  I  have  heard  them  say  it,  "  they  are  biting  first-rate 
this  morning ;  give  them  some  more  worms — let  us  keep  them 
together— we  have  plenty  of  worms,  don't  spare  them — there  is 
any  quantity  of  fish  here,  and  large  ones  too — give  them  plenty, 
I  am  sure  they  can  do  with  it."  And  this  game  they  repeat 
every  fish  they  catch.  O,  you  Neddies !  don't  you  know  what 
you  are  doing  ?  Does  not  common  sense  teach  you  that  each 
fish  can  only  eat  a  certain  quantity,  and  by  throwing  the  worms 
in  to  them  as  you  do,  you  satisfy  five  fish  for  the  day  for  every 
one  you  kill.  You  spoil  your  sport  by  the  very  means  you  took 
to  preserve  it;  for  in  an  hour  you  have  perhaps  filled  the  stomach 


66 

of  every  fish  in  the  place,  and  then  you  feel  disappointed  because 
they  will  not  bite,  as  you  felt  confident  of  a  first-rate  day's  sport 
when  you  commenced  so  successfully.  The  fish  have  gone  off 
biting,  but  there  are  still  plenty  in  the  place  which  you  must 
have  caught  had  you  ground  baited  judiciously.  Years  ago  I 
used  to  do  this  sort  of  thing  myself,  but  experience  has  taught 
me  better,  and  I  now  feel  convinced  the  system  is  bad.  I  will 
give  you  my  style  of  ground  baiting  whilst  fishing.  Supposing 
the  place  has  been  baited  the  day  before  with  fifteen  hundred 
worms  (I  allow  twenty  hours  to  pass  after  ground  baiting,  before 
I  commence  fishing),  I  expect  a  good  stock  of  fish  to  be  col- 
lected together,  say  fifty  Barbel,  which  1  have  often  found  to  be 
the  case,  after  a  baiting  of  this  sort.  There  is  one  point  in 
which  I  am  very  particular,  that  is  in  calculating,  when  I  throw 
in  the  first  few  worms,  what  distance  they  will  swim  before  they 
get  to  the  bottom,  so  that  I  may  catch  the  fish  ten  or  fifteen 
yards  below^  me — no  nearer,  for  as  I  told  you  before,  they  will 
bite  longer  and  better  by  keeping  them  at  a  distance.  I  throw 
the  first  few  worms  in  one  place,  so  as  to  keep  the  fish  within 
as  small  a  space  as  possible.  I  never  spread  them  about  more 
than  I  can  help,  if  I  did  it  is  evident  the  fish  would  be  feeding 
in  all  directions.  I  should  never  know  what  part  of  the  swim 
was  the  best  to  fish  for  them ;  besides,  having  got  the  proper 
depth  for  one  particular  part  of  the  swim,  I  can  fish  no  other 
portion  of  the  swim  without  altering  my  float  to  suit  the  various 
depths ;  so  to  save  time  and  trouble  and  to  ensure  sport,  I  throw 
the  first  few  worms  in  that  part  of  the  swim  I  have  selected  and 
got  the  depth  of.  By  thus  doing  I  keep  the  fish  in  one  channel. 
I  am  sure  many  a  baiting  has  been  ruined  and  the  sport  spoiled 
for  the  day  because  this  point  has  not  been  properly  attended  to. 
Well,  I  have  supposed  fifty  Barbel  to  be  in  the  place  selected. 
I  commence  by  giving  them  twenty  dew  worms,  each  cut  into 
four  bits.  Now  what  eflfect  will  twenty  dew  worms  when  cut 
into  eighty  pieces  have  upon  fifty  hungry  Barbel  ?  I  should  say 
a  general  scramble  takes  place  among  the  fish,  each  endeavouring 
to  get  more  than  his  neighbour :  some  have  got  two  or  three 


57 

bits  and  others  have  not  tasted.  None  have  had  a  chance  of 
filling  their  bellies,  and  those  that  have  tasted  are  very  keen  and 
eager  for  more.  The  next  lot  I  throw  in  is  a  well-scoured  female 
lob  on  my  hook,  which  is  picked  up  the  moment  it  gets  to  the 
bottom.  He  that  has  got  it  will  find  it  rather  difficult  of  digestion, 
and  not  so  palatable  as  he  at  first  might  fancy  it  would  be.  Well, 
I  have  got  them  on  the  bite  every  swim,  and  I  have  caught  five 
or  six  fish  in  as  many  swims ;  but  it  would  not  be  judicious  to 
go  on  at  this  rate,  as  I  have  created  some  alarm  amongst  those 
that  are  left.  The  rushing  and  dashing  about  in  all  directions 
of  some  of  their  relatives  have  bamboozled  and  frightened  them, 
and  made  them  somewhat  restless,  so  I  give  them  a  few  more 
worms,  lay  my  rod  on  the  bank  and  light  a  pipe  or  cigar,  leaving 
them  unmolested  for  two  or  three  minutes  that  they  may  recover 
from  their  surprise  and  consternation.  Then  I  go  at  it  again 
and  kill  four  or  five  more  fish  before  giving  them  any  more  worms, 
and  when  I  do  so  I  only  let  them  have  a  few  as  before.  This  is 
a  sure  and  certain  game ;  but  even  with  this  treatment  I  have 
generally  found  them  to  go  off  biting  after  fishing  for  three  or 
four  hours,  and,  observe,  I  always  expect  this,  and  when  I  come 
to  have  five  or  six  swims  without  a  bite,  I  know  they  have  gone 
off  biting — not  because  they  have  been  satiated  with  the  worms 
which  I  have  been  throwing  in,  but  because  they  have  been 
continually  disturbed  and  rendered  shy  by  thehooking  and  killing 
of  their  neighbours.  I  know  they  will  come  on  again  in  an  hour  or 
two,  so  I  leave  the  place  without  throwing  in  another  worm.  Some 
Barbel  fishers  at  this  stage  of  the  game  recommend  giving  the 
fish  two  or  three  hundred  worms,  and  leave  them.  It  is  in  my 
opinion  a  very  bad  plan.  The  fish  recover,  and  eat  of  the 
worms  till  they  are  satisfied  while  the  Anglers  are  away. 
They  have  had  enough  for  that  day,  and  if  you  think  of 
catching  them  you  must  call  to-morrow.  The  Barbel  fisher 
when  he  returns  again  finds  it  no  go,  so  he  laps  up  his  tackle 
and  bolts  home,  believing  that  he  did  not  leave  a  fish  in 
the  place.  I  like  to  be  fishing  while  the  fish  are  eating  the 
worms  that  I  have  thrown  in,  and  then  there  can  be  no  mistake. 


58 

Tou  cannot  help  catching  fish  if  you  are  angling  at  the  same 
time  that  the  fish  are  feeding  on  the  worms  you  have  thrown  in. 
Some  people  may  perhaps  say,  if  the  fish  should  return  while 
we  are  away  and  find  nothing  to  eat,  they  will  leave  the  place 
altogether  and  seek  food  elsewhere.  This  is  a  mistake.  I  have 
proved  hundreds  of  times  that  they  will  and  do  stop.  I  consider 
the  baiting  I  have  described  has  been  quite  sufficient  to  keep 
them  about  the  place  for  one  day  at  least,  if  not  for  two  or  three. 
If  you  wish  to  fish  the  place  a  second  or  third  day  throw  in  five 
or  six  hundred  whole  dew  worms  at  night  after  you  have  done 
fishing.  I  have  sometimes  found  the  fish  bite  better  on  a  second 
or  third  day  than  on  the  first,  but  not  after.  The  first  day  has 
invariably  been  the  best.  If  the  wind  blows  wrong  and  you  have 
not  a  chance  of  fishing  a  place  you  have  baited  on  th& 
first  day,  do  not  give  it  up.  The  fish  are  there  and  will  bite  as 
soon  as  you  can  angle  for  them  in  the  right  style.  Come  again 
on  the  second  day,  and  if  the  wind  is  favourable  there  is  nothing 
to  prevent  your  having  good  sport. 

When  the  water  is  very  clear,  what  I  call  gin-fine  water,  then 
Barbel  fishing  is  very  difficult,  more  so  than  any  other  time, 
as  the  fish  can  see  the  deception  you  are  using  to  trap  him,  and 
is  very  cautious  and  suspicious  You  should  then  fish  with  the 
finest  tackle  you  can  get,  and  let  your  bottom  shot  be  eighteen 
inches  from  the  hook.  The  fish  can  also  see  you  or  your  rod, 
or  anything  shadowing  over  the  water,  when  you  little  think  he 
can,  and  if  he  does  is  off  in  a  moment  like  a  shot.  This  is  the 
time  that  Barbel  require  a  deal  of  "  foxing,"  and  I  am  certain 
the  man  that  can  catch  them  well  when  the  water  is  clear  and 
the  sun  bright,  must  understand  something  of  Barbel  fishing, 
but  to  give  an  idea  of  the  best  mode  of  dodging  and  licking 
him  in  this  state  of  the  water,  I  will  relate  what  occurred  on 
one  occasion  with  a  party  of  gentlemen  whom  I  accompanied 
to  a  Barbel  swim  on  the  Trent.  Having  occasion  to  go  to 
the  Thames  on  a  fishing  excursion,  my  friends  engaged  other 
fishermen  to  fill  my  place  while  I  was  away.  The  water  being  very 
fine  and  low  nearly  all  the  time,  Barbel  fishing  was  very  difficult. 


Several  places  being  baited  and  fished  without  success,  the  gentle- 
men and  fishermen  as  well  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  there 
would  be  no  more  Barbel  caught  until  there  was  some  rain, 
and  a  change  in  the  water,  for  the  water  was  too  clear.  This 
was  the  general  complaint  made  to  me  on  my  return  by  the 
gentlemen,  but-I  told  them  I  did  not  believe  in  the  water  being 
too  clear  for  Barbel  fishing,  and  that  they  required  only  to 
use  a  little  more  foxing  and  to  fish  in  a  diff'erent  style.  "Well," 
says  one  of  the  gentlemen,  "  will  you  go  and  bait  me  such  a 
place ;  although  it  has  been  bailed  and  fished  several  times  of 
late  without  much  success,  I  have  no  objection  to  give  it 
another  trial  if  you  think  there  is  a  chance  of  nailing  the  fish.'* 
I  knew  the  swim  selected  to  be  a  very  good  one  for  Barbel  fishing, 
and  I  accordingly  went  with  fifteen  hundred  worms  to  bait  the 
place.  The  water  was  as  clear  as  ever  it  was,  and  the  day  bright 
and  hot,  which  was  another  difficulty.  I  went  cautiously  to  the 
water-side  and  threw  the  baiting  in  the  usual  style,  mixing  with, 
nothing,  and  came  away  leaving  the  result  till  the  morrow.  I 
had  not  got  a  mile  from  the  place  when  I  met  another  gentleman, 
a  friend  of  mine,  who  is  passionately  fond  of  Barbel  fishing.  He 
asked  me  what  I  was  doing  there,  and  said  he  thought  I  was  in 
London.  I  answered,  "  but  you  see  I  am  not.  I  returned  two 
days  ago,  and  have  just  been  to  bait  a  place  for  a  party  of 
gentlemen."  "  Then,  let  me  tell  you,"  he  said,  "  you  will  do  no 
good ;  the  place  has  been  baited  and  fished  three  or  four  times 
since  you  last  fished  it,  by  some  of  the  best  Barbel  fishers  in  the 
town.  I  have  also  had  a  try  at  it,  and  fished  it  as  well  as  any 
man  could  and  I  caught  no  fish  :  the  water  is  too  clear  for  Barbel 
fishing,  that's  certain ;  and,  mark  me,  you  will  get  such  a  licking 
as  you  have  not  had  lately."  "  Well,  I  replied,  time  will  tell ; 
the  place  has  always  turned  out  a  good  lot  of  fish  when  I  have 
fished  it ;  in  fact,  I  have  never  known  it  fail,  and  if  this  should 
be  a  failure  it  will  be  the  first.  I  suppose  you  will  be  fishing 
about  this  neighbourhood  to-morrow,  if  so,  you  will  be  able  to 
to  see  what  sort  of  a  licking  I  do  get:  so  I  bid  you  good  morning." 
On  the  following  morning  we  went  down  to  the  place  I  had 


60 

baited—  two  gentlemen  and  myself.  The  sky  was  cloudless,  and 
the  sun  very  hot,  with  scarcely  a  breath  of  wind,  w^hich  made 
things  look  rather  awkward,  and  made  me  feel  the  chaff  and 
sarcasm  of  the  two  gentlemen  rather  sharply.  I  certainly  never 
saw  a  worse  morning  for  Barbel  fishing  in  my  life,  there  was 
not  a  single  thing  in  our  favour ;  but  still  I  had  some  confidence 
on  account  of  the  arrangements  I  had  made,  which  I  felt  sure 
would  answer  the  purpose  if  we  went  quietly  to  work.  The 
gentlemen  were  down  in  the  mouth,  and  the  little  confidence 
they  had  was  greatly  shaken  when  I  told  them  what  the  person 
who  met  me  coming  from  ground  baiting  had  related,  for  they 
knew  that  he  was  a  first-rate  Barbel  fisher  ;  but  I  told  them  to 
cheer  up,  for  patience  and  perseverance  might  work  wonders. 
"When  we  had  got  to  the  spot,  I  said  to  the  one,  "  stand  you 
there,"  and  to  the  other,  '*  stand  you  here,"  stir  for  nothing, 
and  be  as  still  as  death ;  whatever  you  want  doing  I  will  do  it ; 
all  I  require  of  you  is  to  stand  still  and  kill  the  fish.  Now  you 
shall  see  that  this  place  was  fished  in  a  different  style  to  what 
is  usually  done.  The  water  was  about  nine  feet  deep  and  as 
clear  as  glass.  The  swim  was  not  quick,  and  in  water  of  this 
description  I  generally  go  up  five  or  six  yards  from  where  I 
stand  to  fish  to  throw  the  worms,  and  catch  the  fish  eight  or  ten 
yards  below  me,  so  that  the  worms  swim  fourteen  or  fifteen  yards 
before  they  get  to  the  bottom ;  but  in  this  case  I  threw  the 
worms  two  yards  below  where  we  were  standing,  so  that  the 
fish  would  be  nearly  twenty  yards  from  us.  Well,  the  first 
swim  both  got  hold  together  and  killed  two  Barbel ;  the  next 
swim  they  killed  two  more;  then  one  kiUed  and  the  other 
missed.  When  we  had  caught  nine,  one  gent  Sc/'d,  "  this  is  first- 
rate  sport — better  than  we  expected ;  if  they  take  the  bait  at 
this  rate  for  three  or  four  hours  we  shall  have  a  load, 
that's  certain.  I  shall  go  and  stand  eight  or  ten  yards  below ; 
I  don't  fancy  such  a  long  swim,  you  see  we  cannot  get  a  bite 
until  the  float  is  twenty  yards  from  us."  "  No,"  I  said,  "  you 
must  not  stir  a  yard,  the  fish  are  biting  every  swim,  what  more  do 
you  want  ?     You  are  doing  well,  so  be  satisfied,  and  stand  your 


61 

ground.  If  you  were  to  go  where  you  want  it  would  be  all 
over  with  you  ;  the  only  chance  you  have  is  to  catch  them  a 
long  way  off."  I  now  threw  in  a  few  more  worms,  two  yards 
lower  down  than  the  first  lot,  which  made  the  fish  bite  at  least 
twenty-five  yards  off.  This  was  a  great  distance  to  hit  a  fish, 
but  they  were  hit  to  perfection,  for  a  bite  was  seldom  missed, 
or  a  fish  lost.  When  we  had  fished  for  three  hours  they  went 
off  biting,  and  we  left  the  place  and  had  a  bite  ourselves.  We 
returned  in  about  a  couple  of  hours  and  found  them  as  keen 
and  eager  for  the  bait  as  when  we  first  commenced.  I  must 
tell  you  I  never  gave  them  a  worm  while  they  were  biting,  but 
when  I  saw  two  or  three  swims  without  a  bite,  I  then  threw  in 
a  few.  By  taking  this  plan  I  kept  the  fish  hungry  all  the  time. 
In  about  five  hours  and  a  half  we  caught  one  hundred  and 
thirteen  pounds  of  Barbel  without  stirring  a  yard  from  the 
standing  we  first  took  up,  and  every  fish  was  hooked  from  twenty 
to  five  and  twenty  yards  off.  On  our  return  to  the  village  I 
sent  for  my  friend  who  had  promised  me  such  a  licking,  and 
you  may  fancy  his  surprise  on  beholding  three  baskets  full  of 
Barbel.  "  Now,"  I  said,  "  you  see  what  sort  of  a  licking  we 
have  got — not  quite  so  bad  as  you  expected,  and  I  hope  the  next 
time  you  go  Barbel  fishing  you  may  get  licked  no  worse.  After 
this  I  think  you  will  agree  with  me  that  the  water  cannot  be 
too  clear  for  Barbel  fishing." 

When  there  is  a  rise  in  the  water,  say  of  one  yard,  and  it  is 
very  thick,  you  must  remember  it  is  useless  fishing  with  the  float, 
as  on  account  of  the  water  being  thick  the  fish  are  unable  to  see 
the  bait  when  swimming  down  the  stream.  The  plumb  is 
then  your  only  chance,  as  in  fishing  with  it  the  bait  lies  upon 
the  bottom,  and  when  it  does  Barbel  will  be  sure  to  find  it, 
no  matter  how  thick  the  water,  or  how  dark  the  day.  The 
Londoners  fish  for  Barbel  with  the  ledger,  a  perforated  bullet, 
w^hich  rolls  on  the  bottom  and  keeps  the  bait  moving  for  a  time ; 
when  it  settles  they  wind  and  throw  again,  expecting  to  get  a 
bite,  while  the  bullet  is  moving.  If  they  tried  this  style  of  fishing 
when  the  water  is  thick  they  would  find  it  a  failure.    Some  writers 


62 

on  Angling  recommend  the  ledger  as  the  best  mode  of  Barbel 
fishing,  but  in  my  opinion  it  is  the  very  worst,  there  is  nothing 
in  it.  As  I  said  before,  it  is  too  "slow,"  and  will  not  do  for 
the  Barbel  fishers  of  the  present  day.  In  fact,  if  you  see  a 
man  plumbing,  ledger  fishing,  or  whatever  else  you  call  it,  when 
there  is  a  chance  to  fish  with  the  float,  I  set  him  down  as  a 
*'  dufiier,"  and  a  lazy  fisherman.  For  my  own  part  I  would  pre- 
fer a  quiet  day  at  home,  and  a  tune  on  the  "  old  banjo,"  to  fishing 
for  Barbel  with  the  plumb.  When  the  water  is  high  and  thick 
you  must  not  fish  for  him  in  the  deeps.  You  will  find  him  in 
the  shallows,  of  about  four  or  five  feet  of  water,  with  a  gravelly 
bottom,  just  above  a  deep  water  and  a  brisk  stream.  These  are 
the  likeliest  places  to  find  Barbel  when  the  water  has  risen. 
Suppose  you  have  not  fished  the  place  before,  and  do  not  know 
the  exact  depth,  but  think  it  a  likely  place,  the  first  thing  you 
must  do  is  to  ascertain  the  proper  depth  either  with  the  plum- 
met, or  by  putting  on  your  Barbel  float  and  tackle,  which  I  think 
the  better  plan,  because  you  will  be  able  to  know  what  sort  of 
a  bottom  you  are  going  to  fish  on,  whether  it  be  level  or  whether 
there  be  anything  foul  about  it  The  water  being  thick,  it  might 
be  full  of  weeds  without  your  being  able  to  see  them,  so  by 
putting  your  float  and  tackle  on  you  will  soon  discover  if  the 
bottom  is  all  right.  The  reason  I  recommend  you  to  get  the 
depth  first  is,  because  I  suppose  you  intend  to  throw  in  some 
sort  of  ground  bait  to  entice  the  fish  to  take  your  bait  on  the  hook. 
"Well,  if  you  do  not  know  how  deep  the  water  is,  where  is  your 
calculation  ?  How  shall  you  ascertain  one  of  the  greatest  points 
in  angling,  that  is,  to  know  to  a  nicety  where  your  ground  bait 
has  gone  to  ?  It  is  impossible  for  any  one  to  catch  fish  well 
unless  he  has  some  idea  where  his  ground  bait  will  rest.  If 
he  has  not,  it  will  be  great  good  luck  if  he  kills  a  fish.  Tou  might 
as  well  strew  your  ground  bait  on  the  bank  as  in  the  water  if 
you  have  no  idea  where  it  has  gone  to.  Well,  after  you  have  got 
the  depth  of  the  water,  take  fifty  dew  worms  and  cut  them  up, 
(you  need  not  be  particular  about  a  few  worms  when  the  water 
is  thick,  as  they  won't  be  so  easily  found),  and  throw  them  in 


63 

three  or  four  yards  above  you,  and  six  or  seven  out  in  the  water, 
observing  the  course  the  stream  takes ;  then  cast  your  plumb  a 
little  across  and  down  the  stream  to  the  very  spot  you  think  the 
ground  bait  has  rested.  If  you  do  not  get  a  bite  in  five  minutes 
wind  up  and  make  a  shorter  or  longer  throw,  whichever  you 
deem  best,  but  always  in  a  line  with  the  course  the  worms  took. 
When  you  get  a  bite  you  will  know  where  to  throw  to  get  another. 
"When  you  have  caught  four  or  five  fish  cast  in  twenty  or  thirty 
more  worms,  but  be  careful  and  throw  them  in  the  same  pWe 
as  you  did  the  first  lot,  then  there  is  nothing  to  prevent  you 
having  a  good  day's  sport. 

CHEESE  FISHING  FOR  BAEBEL. 

I  will  suppose  you  have  baited  a  place  with  the  dose  I  have 
recommended,  and  allowed  thirty  hours  to  pass  before  fishing. 
The  water  must  be  deep  and  the  stream  slow  for  cheese  fishing, 
because  if  you  were  to  throw  cheese  into  a  sharp  'stream  with  a 
gravelly  bottom,  it  would  swim  a  long  way  before  it  got  to  the 
bottom,  and  when  it  did  get  there  it  would  roll  to  a  great  distance, 
in  fact,  it  would  never  stop  until  it  lodged  agamst  some  obstruction 
in  the  water,  and  not  only  that,  but  Barbel  do  not  bite  at  cheese 
in  streams.  The  best  time  to  catch  him  with  this  bait  is  when 
he  leaves  the  streams  about  the  beginning  of  August,  and  takes 
to  deep  and  still  water.  If  the  water  runs  deep  at  the  side  you 
may  commence  fishing  with  the  tight  float.  It  is  done  in  this 
style :  take  your  cork  float,  and  tackle  recommended  for  cheese 
fishing,  and  put  it  about  two  feet  deeper  than  the  water,  so  that 
your  bait  and  first  two  or  three  shot  may  lie  on  the  bottom. 
Cast  it  down  the  stream  so  that  your  tackle  and  bait  may  sink 
itself,  and  allow  your  bait  to  lie  straight  down  the  stream ;  hold 
it  quite  still,  and  at  the  same  time  be  careful  how  you  move  about 
on  the  bank,  for  the  least  shake  will  drive  the  fish  away  when 
fishing  so  close  to  the  side.  But  before  you  commence,  throw 
in  about  tw^enty  bits  of  cheese,  and  find  them  before  you  throw 
any  more.     I  mean,  catch  two  or  three  fish  before  you  cast  in 


64 

another  supply.  I  am  always  particular  on  this  point,  trying 
every  dodge  I  can  think  of  to  find  where  the  first  bit  of  stuff 
has  gone,  because  if  I  were  to  give  them  a  lot  more  cheese  without 
catching  a  fish  they  would  eat  it  up,  and  I  would  still  be  in  the 
same  fix.  The  fish  would  be  filling  their  bellies  while  I  should  have 
been  filling  my  basket.  I,  therefore,  determine  to  find  them  out 
after  they  have  got  the  first  dose.  You  must  remember  what 
you  are  fishing  with  now,  for  a  very  few  bits  ofcheese  will  satisfy 
a  Barbel,  so  that  if  you  don't  catch  him  after  throwing  in  a  little 
you  won't  catch  him  at  all.  Plumbing  will  answer  the  purpose 
better  for  cheese  fishing,  as  you  can  fish  in  deep  water,  and  catch 
fish  at  a  greater  distance  than  you  can  with  the  tight  float,  which 
is  of  course  much  better.  As  I  have  already  explained  the  style 
of  plumbing  with  the  worm,  you  will  understand  how  to  plumb 
with  cheese. 

If  you  bait  a  place  with  scratching,  one  pound  and  a  half, 
prepared  as  I  have  already  shown  you,  will  be  sufficient,  but  I 
am  sure  it  would  be  better  not  togroundbait  at  all — so  experience 
has  taught  me.  Take  your  bit  of  stuff  and  shift  from  place  to 
place — catching  one  or  two  here,  and  three  or  four  there — fishing 
with  a  quill  float  if  you  can,  if  not  use  a  light  cork  one,  and  No. 
6  hook.  Tight  corking  is  used  the  same  way  and  in  the  same 
places  as  I  have  recommended  for  cheese  fishing,  throwing  in 
merely  a  very  small  bit  of  scratching  now  and  then  while  fishing, 
by  which  method  I  am  convinced  you  will  take  more  fish  than 
by  ground  baiting. 

Now,  I  think,  if  you  will  pay  proper  attention  to  this  lesson 
on  Barbel  fishing,  there  is  no  fear  of  your  ever  getting  "licked." 


THE    CHIJB. 


This  is  a  clumsy-looking,  thick-headed  rascal,  rather  coarse, 
and  not  much  thought  of  as  an  edible,  but  he  affords  first-rate 
sport,  and  if  you  fish  for  him  with  a  light  rod  and  fine  line,  it  is 
ten  to  one  if  you  can  manage  to  kill  him,  especially  if  there  is  a 
bush  or  old  tree  in  the  water,  or  a  shelving  bank  near,  under 
which  he  will  bolt  the  moment  he  feels  he  is  hooked,  and  if  he 
does  get  into  any  of  these  places,  he  will  soon  play  the  deuce 
either  with  your  rod  or  tackle,  or  both,  and  this  is  more  than  can 
be  said  of  some  of  the  finer  fish.  He  is  a  determined  and 
resolute  fellow  to  deal  with,  and  if  he  only  gets  a  chance,  and 
you  fish  for  him  with  a  fine  rod  and  tackle,  he  will  make  you 
pay  dear  for  your  sport. 

Chub  spawn  about4ihe  middle  of  May,  but  I  have  on  several 
occasions  seen  them  on  the  spawn  as  early  as  the  first  of  that 
month,  but  never  sooner.  Barbel  and  Chub  generally  come  on 
together  about  the  middle  of  May,  and  deposit  their  spawn  in  the 
same  description  of  places — a  shallow  gravelly  bottom  under  the 
weeds.  Chub  bite  sooner  after  spawning  than  any  other  fish  I 
know,  particularly  at  such  baits  as  the  minnow  and  locust,  which 
he  takes  greedily  in  a  day  or  two  after  spawning,  and  he  seems 
to  bite  freer  and  with  less  fear  at  this  period  than  at  any  other  time. 
You  will  find  the  Chub  for  the  first  three  or  four  weeks  after 
spawning  in  the  sharpest  and  shallowest  streams,  to  which  places 
he  resorts  for  the  purpose  of  cleansing  himself.  He  makes  his  next 


66 

move  about  the  latter  end  of  June  or  beginning  of  July,  when  he 
makes  for  deep  Barbel  swims,  orgoesunderweirs,  bushes,  and  trees 
overhanging  the  water.  These  are  favourite  places  with  him 
during  the  summer  months.  Towards  the  latter  end  of  October 
or  the  beginning  of  November  he  seeks  shallow  water — a  gentle 
swim  with  a  gravelly  bottom,  by  the  side  of  willow  beds,  under 
old  trees  sunk  in  the  water,  or  anything  that  will  aiFord  him  cover 
and  a  home  for  the  winter  months.  You  never  find  Chub  on  a 
sandy  bottom.  I  do  not  remember  ever  killing  a  Chub  on  a  sandy 
bottom.  He  prefers  at  all  times  of  the  year  a  rough  gravelly 
bottom. 

The  Chub  may  be  found  in  most  rivers  and  small  streams  in 
England,  but  perhaps  the  Trent  is  the  best  for  the  number 
and  size  of  this  fish.  I  was  surprised  when  in  London,  on  the 
occasion  of  paying  a  piscatory  visit  to  the  Thames,  to  find  that  in 
all  places  where  stufied  fish  were  to  be  seen,  that,  although  there 
were  beautiful  large  specimens  ofevery  other  fish,  I  saw  no  Chub 
but  of  a  very  small  size,  averaging  perhaps  about  two  or  three 
pounds  weight,  the  largest  not  exceeding  four  pounds.  Prom 
this  I  infer  that  there  are  no  large  Chub  either  in  the  Thames 
or  any  other  streams  in  the  vicinity  of  London.  Now,  we  think 
nothing  of  a  Chub  four  pounds  weight  in  the  Trent.  I  killed  one 
myself  not  long  ago  which  weighed  six  pounds  and  a  quarter,  and 
I  once  killed  one  that  was  only  two  ounces  under  seven  pounds. 
This  was  the  largest  I  ever  saw,  but  five  and  six  pounders  are  very 
common  in  the  Trent.  I  have  several  London  friends  who  come 
down  occasionally  for  a  few  days  Chub  or  other  fishing,  and  they 
all  acknowledge  that  the  Trent  Chub  are  the  largest  they  have 
ever  seen. 

The  best  season  of  the  year  for  Chub  fishing  is  from  November 
till  the  end  of  March,  but  I  once  made  an  extraordinary  catch 
about  the  14th  or  i5th  of  April.  The  morning  was  very  misty, 
which  is  the  best  state  of  the  weather  in  which  to  fish  for  Chub 
at  all  times.  The  Chub  is  a  winter  fish,  for  he  is  in  the  best 
condition  in  the  coldest  months,  and  bites  freer  in  the  winter 
than  any  other  fish.     It  matters  not  how  cold  the  weather  may 


67 

be,  he  will  bite  if  the  water  be  clear  and  the  day  cloudy  or  misty. 
In  fact,  it  is  no  use  fishing  for  Chub  when  the  water  is  thick ; 
it  must  be  clear  else  you  have  not  the  shadow  of  a  chance.  I  am 
not  particularly  fond  of  Chub  fishing  in  hard  frosty  weather, 
not  because  I  cannot  stand  the  cold  as  well  as  any  other  man, 
for  I  prefer  cold  to  hot  weather,  but  because  every  fish  I  kill 
I  must  lay  down  the  rod  and  suck  the  ice  out  of  the  rings  before 
I  can  make  another  start,  which  is  a  very  great  bore.  Talking 
of  the  cold  weather  reminds  me  of  a  circumstance  which  occurred 
in  January,  1856.  It  was  a  cold  misty  morning,  the  water  being 
clear  and  just  to  my  mind.  I  felt  confident  of  a  good  day's  sport. 
As  I  was  on  my  way  to  an  excellent  Chub  water,  and  passing 
through  a  village  near  to  the  place,  I  overtook  two  men,  one  of 
them  a  barn-door  savage,  who  saluted  me  as  follows : — "  Hollo^ 
mate !  what !  going  a  fishing  on  a  day  like  this  ?  Why,  you 
deserve  three  months  in  the  House  of  Correction — that  you  do. 
The  idea  of  fishing !  I  should  not  like  to  wait  for  my  dinner  till 
you  caught  one."  "Well,"  I  said,  "if  you  had  to  wait  for  dinner 
till  I  caught  one,  what  then?"  "Why,"  he  replied,  "it  is  the 
greatest  certainty  in  the  world  I  should  have  to  miss  a  meal  for 
once.  Go  on  with  you,  a  fool  at  one  end  and  a  worm  at  the 
other."  I  felt  somewhat  annoyed,  but  I  asked  him  if  he  lived 
anywhere  near  about.  "  0  yes,' '  rejoined  he, "  this  is  my  house : 
shall  you  call  and  leave  us  a  fry  ?  Don't  you  wish  I  may  get  it  ?" 
"  I  will  promise  you  a  call,"  I  said,  as  I  went  on  my  way,  "when 
I  return,  but  leaving  you  a  fry  is  another  matter ;  they  want 
catching  first."  Well,  greaves  or  scratching  was  the  bait  I 
was  going  to  fish  with.  From  the  first  place  I  fished  I 
took  twelve,  averaging  three  pounds  each ;  at  the  next  place 
I  killed  seven,  and  out  of  the  third  and  last  place  I  got  three, 
in  all  twenty-two  fish,  making  a  total  weight  of  sixty-five 
pounds.  They  were  all  caught  within  two  hours  and  a  half.  I 
had  three  miles  to  walk  to  the  station,  and  with  this  weight  of 
fish  to  carry  I  had  no  easy  job  I  can  tell  you.  On  my  way  back 
I  gave  straw-yard  Johnny  a  call.  I  set  my  fish  down  at  his 
door  and  knocked.     "Is  the  master  at  home,"  I  said,  when  it 


68 

was  opened."  "  Yes,  he  answered,  I  am  here,"  and  he  came  out. 
"Well,  fancy  the  old  fellow's  surprise  on  seeing  the  fish  I  had 
caught :  he  could  scarcely  believe  his  own  eyes.  "  Well,"  he 
said,  "  if  any  one  had  told  me  that  a  man  could  go  on  a  day  like 
this  and  catch  such  a  lot  of  fish  I  would'nt  have  believed  him." 
"  But  you  are  obliged  to  believe  this,"  I  said,  for  there  they  are 
before  your  eyes.  You  made  all  sorts  of  game  of  me  this  morning, 
and  shouted  fool  at  one  end  and  worm  at  the  other.  'Now,  who 
is  the  fool  ?  You  little  thought  when  you  were  chaffing  me  for 
going  to  fish  on  such  a  day,  that  the  day  was  in  my  favour,  and 
most  suitable  for  angling  for  this  kind  of  fish.  No,  you  had  no 
idea  of  that,  and  in  your  ignorance  you  made  game  of  me.  I 
should  think  this  lesson  will  teach  you  to  mind  your  own 
business  for  the  future,  and  let  a  fisherman  pass  without 
insulting  him. 

The  Best  Baits  tor  Chub  Fishing. — You  must  remem- 
ber no  two  baits  that  I  shall  mention  will  catch  Chub  all 
the  year  round,  but  I  shall  state  what  are  the  best  at  the 
different  periods  throughout  the  season.  Immediately  after 
spawning  the  best  baits  that  can  be  used  are  the  minnow, 
locust,  and  artificial  flies.  The  first  two  or  three  weeks  after 
spawning  I  have  seen  Chub  bite  every  swim  at  the  live  minnow. 
To  fish  in  the  proper  style  with  this  bait,  you  will  require  a  very 
fine  silk  line,  a  quill  float  that  will  carry  seven  or  eight  bb  shot, 
a  fine  tackle  two  feet  long,  and  a  single  hook.  No.  4.  Let  your 
bottom  shot  be  about  nine  inches  from  the  hook;  hook  the 
minnow  by  the  mouth,  fish  two  or  three  inches  from  the  bottom, 
and  take  a  swim  of  fifteen  or  twenty  yards  down  the  stream. 
The  water  must  be  clear  and  low,  and  if  you  fish  the  places  I 
have  recommended  at  the  season  that  I  have  indicated,  you  are 
sure  to  catch  Chub.  It  is  not  worth  while  Chub  fishing  with 
the  minnow  after  the  first  week  in  June.  I  have  also  seen  Chub 
take  the  locust  nearly  every  swim.  The  same  line  and  float  will 
do  for  the  locust,  but  the  bottom  tackle  must  be  different. 
Instead  of  a  single  hook  you  will  have  to  use  a  double  one,  and 
place  a  small  swivel  nine  inches  from  the  hook,  and  noose  the 


bottom  gut  to  it.  But  before  you  do  this,  take  a  fine  baiting 
needle  and  put  it  in  under  the  head  of  the  bait,  and  bring  it  out 
at  the  tail,  drawing  the  shank  inside  the  bait.  See  that  the 
noose  is  sufficiently  large  to  allow  the  bait  to  go  through,  then 
put  the  noose  through  the  swivel,  and  the  bait  through  the  noose 
and  draw  it  up.  Fish  with  the  bait  three  or  four  inches  from 
the  bottom.  I  have  seen  Chub  take  the  artificial  fly  very  freely 
in  a  sharp  stream,  about  a  foot  deep,  on  a  gravelly  bottom,  and 
it  is  first-rate  sport  when  you  hook  two  or  three  at  one  cast, 
as  I  have  often  done.  When  they  are  lying  thick  together 
scouring  themselves,  they  will  rise  to  almost  any  sort  of  fly. 
The  red  hackle  and  red  palmer  flies  ribbed  with  gold,  on  No.  9 
hook,  I  have  found  to  be  good  killers  at  this  season.  You  may 
also  catch  Chub  all  through  the  summer,  more  or  less,  with  the 
artificial  fly,  but  it  is  all  over  for  the  year  with  the  first  two 
baits  recommended  after  the  first  three  weeks  have  passed. 
From  this  time  till  October,  the  dew  worm  or  cockspur  is  the 
best  bait  to  fish  with.  During  the  summer  and  up  till  October 
you  will  find  Chub  in  Barbel  swims.  After  this  time  none  of 
the  above-mentioned  baits  are  of  any  use.  You  would  scarcely 
catch  a  fish  in  a  week  with  any  of  them.  Now  comes  what  I 
consider  the  Chub  fishing  season,  namely,  from  November  till 
March.  This  is  the  best  time  for  Chub  fishing  and  the  best 
baits  are  greaves  or  scratching,  and  bullock's  brains  and  pith 
from  the  back  bone.  These  are  the  two  best  baits  ever  invented 
for  Chub  fishing  in  the  winter,  but  I  believe  the  last  to  be  the 
best  of  the  two — fish  with  the  pith  and  throw  the  brains  in. 

Some  Anglers  do  not  fancy  Chub  fishing  in  winter,  because 
they  consider  the  baits  disagreeable  to  fish  with.  I  am  not  of 
the  same  opinion,  for  bullock's  brains,  when  nicely  cleaned  and 
cooked,  are  as  white  as  a  curd,  and  fully  as  sweet  to  eat  as  sheep's 
brains.  The  renowned  "  Bendigo, "  when  he  goes  Chub  fishing, 
and  he  is  no  novice  at  this  game,  takes  half  a  hatful  with  him, 
and  as  he  is  obliged  to  chew  the  brains  before  he  throws  them 
in.  He  tells  me  he  cannot  prevent  a  portion  going  down  his 
throat,  they  are  so  sweet,  so  you  see  he  fishes  with  one  part  and 


70 

swallows  the  other.  Two  lieads  of  brains  are  quite  sufficient  for 
a  day's  Chub  fishing  if  the  fish  bite  well,  but  you  see  this  quantity 
would  be  of  no  use  whatever  to  a  Chub  fisher  like  Bendigo. 

The  Best  Method  of  Prepabing  Sceatching.^ — Break 
the  scratching  small  with  a  hammer,  but  be  careful  and  not 
break  those  bits  that  look  likely  to  make  a  bait  for  the  hook, 
then  put  it  on  the  fire  and  let  it  boil  for  twenty  minutes, 
frequently  stirring  to  prevent  it  from  burning.  If  you  find  it 
getting  stiflT  add  more  water,  so  that  when  it  has  boiled  the 
given  time  it  may  be  a  little  sloppy.  Take  the  pan  off,  and 
allow  the  liquor  and  all  to  set,  when  it  will  be  ready  for  use. 
This  should  be  done  over  night. 

How  TO  Prepaee  Pith  akd  Brains. — Eirst  take  the  skin 
off  the  brains  and  wash  them  in  two  or  three  waters  until 
they  become  white  and  free  from  blood;  then  take  the  pith 
and  you  will  find  two  skins  on  it,  the  outside  one  very  thick 
and  tough ;  take  this  one  off  altogether  after  slitting  it  up 
with  a  pair  of  scissors,  but  be  careful  not  to  drag  the  under 
one  away  with  it,  for  if  you  do  your  baits  are  spoiled,  and 
would  not  stick  on  the  hook  without  the  under  skin.  Slip  this 
under  skin  up  on  one  side  with  a  pair  of  scissors,  and  lay  it 
flat ;  you  will  then  have  skin  on  one  side  and  none  on  the  other. 
Wash  it  clean  and  let  it  boil  with  the  brains  one  minute,  when  it 
will  be  ready  for  use. 

The  Rod  tor  Chub  Pishing  should  be  twelve  feet  long 
and  light ;  not  too  stiff,  as  your  line  and  tackle  being  fine  you 
are  apt  to  break  it  when  striking.  The  reel  must  be  a  three 
and  a  half-inch  common  wood  one,  varnished.  Fill  the  bottom 
three  parts  full  of  soft  cotton,  and  put  the  line  above.  By 
doing  this  you  will  have  more  power  over  the  fish  when  hooked, 
and  be  able  to  fish  better  in  every  way.  The  line  must  be 
made  of  all  silk,  and  twisted  soft ;  one  hundred  yards  of  it  should 
weigh  about  a  quarter  of  an  ounce.  The  float  should  be  a 
turkey  or  swan  quill  one,  that  will  carry  six  or  eight  b.b.  shot. 
A  float  of  this  kind  will  be  sufficiently  large  to  fish  any  Chub 
place  in  the  winter  months.     Never  fish  with  a  cork  float  for 


71 

Chub.  One  yard  of  fine  round  gut  will  be  sufficient  tackle. 
The  hook  should  be  a  No.  5,  lapped  on  with  white  silk.  Let 
your  bottom  shot  be  twelve  inches  from  the  hook ;  this  will 
complete  your  tackle  for  bottom  fishing. 

THE  AET  OF  BOTTOM  FISHING  FOE  CHUB. 

It  is  no  use  Chub  fishing  unless  the  water  is  clear,  the  wind 
blowing  behind  you,  and  the  day  cloudy  or  misty.  A  bright 
sunny  day  is  very  unfavourable.  Chub  are  very  shy  and  difficult 
to  get  at  when  the  sun  is  bright.  If  you  happen  to  catch  one 
all  the  rest  are  ofi"  in  a  moment ;  but  when  the  water  and  day 
are  favourable  you  may  catch  them  to  a  fish,  as  the  saying  is, 
"  you  can  clear  the  whole  out."  Betore  I  go  into  the  art  of 
catching  Chub,  I  will  show  to  what  perfection  we  have  already 
reached  in  the  art,  but  I  am  convinced  that  still  greater  perfec- 
tion will  ere  long  be  attained,  and  that  though  some  of  us  fancy 
that  we  can  fish  better  than  others,  and  are  in  possession  of 
a  few  points  which  three  parts  of  the  angling  fraternity  are  not 
up  to,  the  time  will  come  when  the  anglers  of  the  present  day 
will  be  thought  mere  "  duffers,"  and  babies  in  the  art,  for  I  can 
see  boys  from  twelve  to  fourteen  years  of  age  figuring  as  well 
as  some  of  the  old  veterans  did  twenty  years  back,  and  are 
promising  to  become  first-rate  artists  in  the  gentle  craft.  The 
following  anecdote  will  show  my  readers  that  Chub  fishing  is  an 
art  that  requires  learning,  and  that  the  Chub  fishers  of  the 
present  day  are  not  altogether  novices,  but  go  to  work  with 
confidence  and  in  a  masterly  style.  I  was  not  a  witness 
to  what  I  shall  relate  myself,  but  I  can  vouch  for  its  truth, 
and  I  think  a  more  masterly  display  of  the  art  of  Chub 
fishing  was  never  witnessed  in  so  young  an  angler.  A  pupil 
and  friend  of  mine,  who  is  passionately  fond  of  Chub  fishing, 
not  for  the  sake  of  the  fish,  but  for  the  sport,  and  who  has  had 
but  five  years  practice,  seeing  the  day  and  water  all  right,  started 
for  a  Chub  water  with  some  scratching  for  bait.  He  had  not  been 
at  the  water  above  a  minute,  and  was  only  partly  tackled  out, 


72 

when  two  men  came  up  to  him  and  inquired  if  he  had  seen  a 
pleasure  boat  pass.  He  answered  that  he  had  only  just  arrived 
and  had  not  seen  a  boat  of  any  kind.  The  two  men  were  about 
to  pass  on,  when  my  friend  said,  "  Hold,  I  will  go  with  you 
if  you  will  wait  a  minute  ;  there  is  a  fish  here  I  want  to  catch,  and 
he  is  sure  to  bite  the  first  or  second  swim."  "  How  do  you 
know,  said  one,  have  you  seen  him  ?  "  "  No,"  says  the  con- 
fident piscator,  "I  have  not  seen  him,  but  it  is  a  dead 
certainty  there  is  one,  so  here  goes  for  him."  The  float  did  not 
swim  a  yard  before  it  went  down,  and  the  Angler  hooked 
a  Chub  two  pounds  weight,  which  one  of  the  astonished  pair 
landed,  making  the  remark,  "  "Well,  I  never  saw  a  fish  killed 
so  scientifically  before."  My  friend  now  picked  up  his  traps 
and  was  ready  to  go  with  the  two  men,  who  said,  "  What ! 
not  fish  again  after  killing  a  fine  fish  like  that  on  the  first 
cast."  "  jSTo,"  said  the  bold  piscator,  "  There  is  only  another 
fish  in  the  place,  and  he  would  not  bite  now,  he  having  seen  his 
mate  taken  out,  but  I  will  catch  him  when  I  come  back." 
Away  they  went  together,  and  when  they  had  got  about  a  mile 
up  the  river  my  friend  made  another  stand,  saying,  "  There  are 
two  fish  here,  and  I  will  throw  in  and  catch  one  now,  and  take 
the  other  on  my  way  back,  but  they  are  not  so  large  as  the  one 
I  have  caught."  "Well,  the  first  swim  he  caught  another  Chub 
about  a  pound  weight,  the  two  men  being  more  astonished  than 
ever.  They  now  moved  on  again,  and  half  a  mile  further  up  the 
Angler  stopped  again.  "  Now,"  said  one  of  the  two,  laughing, 
"  How  many  fish  are  there  in  this  place  :  you  had  better  tell  us 
before  you  commence,  and  tell  us  also  how  many  you  are  going 
to  catch."  "  Well,"  replied  my  friend,  "  There  are  six  fish  here : 
I  will  catch  three  now,  and  the  other  three  when  I  return,  but 
they  are  not  so  large  as  the  last."  He  threw  a  little  bit  of 
scratching  in,  and  surprising  as  it  may  seem,  he  actually  killed 
three  Chub  about  half  a  pound  each  in  as  many  swims.  They 
then  proceeded  some  distance  higher  up,  when  another  halt 
was  made,  the  Angler  saying,  as  before,  there  are  six  fish  here : 
I  shall  take  three  now  and  the  other  three  on  my  way  home. 


73 

He  landed  the  three  in  a  few  minutes :  they  were  about  the  same 
weight  as  the  last.  The  adroit  Angler  then  went  to  an  inn 
and  had  some  refreshment,  while  the  two  men  went  in  search 
of  the  lost  boat.  Not  finding  it  they  returned  with  the  Angler 
to  witness  the  result  of  his  predictions.  We  will  now  follow 
our  fisherman  and  the  two  men  back,  and  see  what  occurs. 
My  friend  made  it  appear  as  if  he  wished  to  pass  the  first  place, 
but  the  two  would  not  allow  him.  One  said,  "  are  you  afraid 
you  shall  get  licked  when  you  wish  to  pass  by  the  place."  Pia- 
cator  turned  round  and  seemed  surprised,  saying,  "  what  fish 
did  I  get  here  when  we  came  up."  "Ton  caught  three," 
answered  one  of  the  men,  "  and  said  you  would  kill  three  more 
on  the  way  back."  "So  I  will,"  said  the  angler,  "and  here 
goes."  In  about  five  swims  he  caught  three  of  about  the  same 
size  as  the  first  three  he  took  out  of  the  same  place.  They 
went  to  the  next  place.  "  How  many  fish  did  I  kill  here  ? 
asked  the  angler.  "  Three,"  answered  the  men.  "  Then  there 
are  three  remaining,  and  I  shall  have  them  out  in  a  few  minutes,'* 
replied  the  clever  Waltonian.  He  landed  them  and  proceeded 
down  to  the  next  place,  when  he  said,  "  I  caught  one  fish  here 
about  a  pound  weight,  and  there  remains  another  of  about  the 
same  size,  which  I  shall  capture  in  the  first  or  second  swim.  He 
hooked  it  in  the  first  swim  and  killed  it.  "When  they  came  to 
the  last  place,  the  angler  said  I  caught  the  largest  fish  here — 
about  two  pounds  weight — and  I  promised  to  bring  out  his  mate 
when  I  came  back.  I  shall  do  so,  and  won't  be  long  about  it' 
" I  believe  you,"  said  one  of  the  men;  "It  seems  to  me  that 
you  can  catch  as  many  as  you  like,  and  as  for  the  size  you  have 
only  to  mention  it  and  it  is  sure  to  be  as  you  say.  "  Well,  the  first 
swim  he  caught  the  fish."  It  was  landed  by  one  of  the  two  men 
and  placed  by  the  side  of  the  first  one.  "  Well,  I  never  saw 
such  a  thing,  they  both  shouted  out,  it  is  but  a  quarter  of  an 
inch  shorter  than  the  first."  This  ended  what  was  thought  by 
the  two  men  a  very  extraordinary  day*s  fishing,  but  the  angler 
did  not  think  so,  nor  do  I.  We  know  very  well  that  if  he  had 
continued  to  fish  the  places  as  he  should  have  done,  and  as  he 


74 

would  had  he  been  alone,  he  would  have  caught  perhaps  every 
fish  at  first  and  left  none  for  a  second  trial ;  but  this  would  not 
answer  his  purpose.  He  likes  a  joke  and  wished  to  astonish  the 
men,  knowing  each  place  well  and  the  number  and  size  of  fish 
he  was  in  the  habit  of  taking  in  each.  He  said,  "  there  are  six 
fish  here :  I  shall  catch  three  now  and  the  other  three  when  I 
come  back."  But  whea  he  had  caught  the  first  three  he  did 
not  try  again,  but  led  the  two  men  to  believe  that  though  there 
were  as  many  more  left  they  would  not  bite  then.  This  certainly 
was  a  grand  display  of  the  art  of  angling,  and  it  would  require  a 
deal  of  confidence  even  on  the  part  of  a  professional  before  he  could 
undertake  to  perform  a  similar  feat.  Because  I  have  caught 
six  fish  in  one  place  to-day,  can  I  in  a  week  after  make  sure  of 
getting  the  same  number  in  the  same  place  ?  By  no  means ; 
and  I  say  that  the  man  who  would  undertake  to  do  anything 
like  the  above  must  possess  considerable  confidence  and  great 
knowledge  of  the  art  of  Chub  fishing. 

We  shall  now  proceed  with  our  lesson  on  the  art  of  angling 
for  Chub.  Well,  you  have  got  the  tackle  and  other  appliances 
that  I  have  recommended,  and  let  us  suppose  a  suitable  day, 
water  and  wind.  Now  you  are  going,  perhaps,  to  fish  a  strange 
water,  and  have  no  one  to  show  you  the  places  where  Chub  are 
likely  to  be.  I  am  satisfied  that  man  is  a  good  angler  who  can 
go  to  a  water  he  has  never  seen  before,  and  catch  a  good  basket 
of  fish,  without  being  shown  the  best  places  in  which  to  fish. 
This  is  convincing  proof  that  he  is  an  artistic  angler.  I  know 
a  few  boasting  fellows  who  catch  more  fish  with  their  tongues 
than  ever  they  did,  or  are  likely  to  do,  with  the  rod.  They 
catch  a  fish  or  two  in  places  that  some  other  angler  has  found  for 
them ;  but  send  them  to  a  water  a  hundred  miles  from  home, 
and  they  will  turn  out  perfect  *'  duffers."  Well,  take  stock  of 
the  river ;  you  perhaps  see  the  water  running  down  on  one  side 
in  a  rapid  boiling  stream.  That  is  not  the  side  for  Chub  fishing 
in  winter.  Do  you  perceive  those  willow  bushes,  and  those  trees 
overhanging  the  water,  with  a  gentle  swim,  five  or  six  feet  deep, 
on  the  opposite  side  ?     Then  make  for  it  at  once,  and  approach 


76 

the  water  cautiously.  Take  a  bit  of  soft  white  scratching  and 
put  it  on  your  hook,  lapping  it  round  the  point,  and  use  as  much 
as  will  press  into  the  size  of  a  common  nut.  You  must  not 
throw  any  ground-bait  in  until  you  have  got  the  right  depth. 
Throw  your  tackle  in,  putting  it  deeper  and  deeper  until  the 
float  goes  under,  then  alter  it  back  a  little  at  a  time,  until  your 
bait  swims  clear,  and  about  three  inches  from  the  bottom. 
You  had  better  fish  with  your  bait  a  foot  from  the  bottom  than 
one  inch  on  it.  It  is  quite  a  mistake  to  allow  the  bait  to  drag 
on  the  bottom  for  any  kind  of  bottom  fishing  whatever  in  a 
stream.  The  Barbel  and  Grudgeon  require  the  bait  to  swim  as 
close  as  any  fish  that  I  know,  but  even  in  fishing  for  them  the 
bait  ought  not  to  drag.  Did  you  ever  notice  the  eye  of  the 
Chub  ?  If  you  have,  you  must  have  seen  that  it  is  so  fixed  as 
to  enable  him  to  see  better  above  than  below  him.  Go  and 
stand  on  a  bridge,  from  which  you  can  see  Chub  lying  on  the 
bottom,  in  three  or  four  feet  of  water,  and  throw  in  a  bit  of 
scratching,  and  if  you  keep  out  of  sight  you  will  see  them  rise 
and  take  it  before  it  has  sunk  a  foot,  proving  that  they  can  see 
anything  thrown  in  long  before  it  gets  to  the  bottom,  and  that 
you  can  catch  more  fish  by  allowing  your  bait  to  swim  three 
inches  from  it.  Well,  having  got  the  proper  depth,  take  a 
bit  of  scratching  about  the  size  of  a  walnut,  and  cut  it 
into  very  small  pieces,  for  you  must  remember  that  although 
Chub  are  particularly  fond  of  it,  a  very  little  will  satisfy  them,  so 
that  if  you  were  to  throw  in  a  number  of  large  pieces,  there 
would  not  be  much  chance  of  your  getting  a  bite,  especially  if 
each  fish  managed  to  get  two  or  three  lumps,  which  would  quite 
satisfy  them  for  the  day.  By  giving  them  only  a  little  at  a 
time,  you  keep  them  hungry,  and  are  sure  to  catch  them,  if  you 
fish  in  the  right  style.  Now  throw  in  your  small  crumbs  of 
scratching  three  or  four  yards  above  you,  watching  the  course 
of  the  stream,  and  the  direction  the  stuff" takes,  so  that  you  may 
follow  it  with  your  bait  to  a  nicety,  calculating  also  the  distance 
it  will  swim  before  it  gets  to  the  bottom — perhaps  ten  or  fifteen 
yards.     If  you  can  get  the  fish  to  bite  at  fifteen  yards,  all  the 


76 

better.  The  further  out  of  sight  you  are  the  better  and  longer 
they  will  bite.  Now,  fetch  your  line  from  the  second  or  third 
ring,  according  to  the  distance  you  wish  to  throw,  and  cast, 
keeping  your  line  behind  the  float,  and  as  much  out  of  the  water 
as  you  can,  without  obstructing  or  laying  the  float  flat  on  the 
water ;  let  your  line  follow  rather  tight  after  it.  By  keeping 
the  float  a  little  in  hand,  your  tackle  and  bait  will  be  carried  by 
the  stream  a  little  in  advance,  and  if  there  is  a  fish  in  a  line 
with  the  bait,  it  will  go  right  into  his  mouth.  If  it  does,  strike 
gently,  otherwise  you  might  cause  a  break,  as  your  line  is  nearly 
tight  from  the  top  of  the  rod  to  the  bait.  When  you  feel  you  have 
him,  as  quick  as  lightning  give  him  the  butt  end  of  the  rod,  so  as  to 
put  the  hook  fairly  through  his  nose,  then  immediately  reduce 
the  pressure,  and  allow  him  to  go  where  he  likes,  unless  he 
makes  for  a  bush  or  old  roots,  lying  in  the  water.  If  he  does, 
you  must  see  which  can  pull  hardest,  you  or  the  fish.  If  you 
suffer  him  to  get  into  such  places,  you  will  find  it  difficult  to 
dislodge  him,  for  he  will  play  you  the  game  of  "  Thread-me-long- 
needle,"  running  through  and  round  three  or  four  times  in  a 
second,  leaving  your  line  in  a  fearful  mess.  When  you  have 
caught  two  fish,  which  you  will  probably  do  in  the  first  two 
swims,  throw  in  a  little  bit  more  scratching,  for  I  should  say 
you  have  brought  out  that  first  bit  with  the  fish  you  have  killed. 
PoUow  this  plan  up  until  you  have  caught  them  all,  or  until  you 
have  five  or  six  swims  without  a  bite,  when  you  had  better  seek 
another  place.  You  need  not  wait  expecting  they  will  come  on 
to  take  again,  for  they  very  seldom  will.  I  do  believe  that 
when  the  day,  the  wind,  and  the  water  is  favourable,  the  angler, 
if  he  fishes  for  Chub  in  the  right  style,  will,  in  three  cases  out 
of  four,  catch  every  fish  there  is  in  the  place,  and  very  quickly 
too.  Eor  my  own  part,  if  I  fish  a  Chub  place  five  minutes 
without  a  bite,  I  go  to  another  swim.  I  do  not  believe  in  the 
old  doctrine  of  waiting  until  they  come  on.  No,  I  have  no 
faith  in  it.  Some  Anglers  of  the  old  school  may  say  that  they 
would  not  give  a  pin  for  the  fisherman  who  could  not  stand  or 
sit  for  twenty  hours  without  a  nibble.     "  Bosh,"  I  can  fancy  I 


77 

hear  those  who  know  a  thing  or  two  say,  "  we  would  not  give 
the  toss  of  a  farthing  for  the  fisherman  who  would  stand  twenty- 
minutes  without  a  bite ;  we  once  believed  in  that  principle,  but 
all  faith  in  it  is  now  gone  for  ever."  I  would  not,  however, 
advise  you  young  anglers,  who  do  not  thoroughly  understand 
the  art,  to  be  too  hasty  in  leaving  a  place.  You  may  have  done 
something  or  other  wrong ;  try  another  dodge  or  two.  That  bit  of 
scratching  you  threw  in  has  perhaps  gone  down  the  stream  out  of 
your  reach ;  throw  in  another  bit  three  or  four  yardshigherup  the 
stream  ;  put  a  fresh  bait  on  ;  take  a  swim  of  twenty  or  five  and 
twenty  yards  ;  put  two  or  three  inches  deeper,  and  fish  further 
out,  or  a  little  shallower,  and  try  closer  in.  Never  fish  long  on 
one  system ;  alter  your  style  in  some  way  or  other,  and  you 
may  find  out  the  reason  why  you  have  not  been  able  to  get  a 
bite. 

You  may  fish  with  pith  and  brains,  in  the  same  style  as 
recommended  for  scratching,  and  taking  the  whole  season 
through,  I  consider  this  bait  the  best  of  the  two,  at  least  I  have 
tested  both  baits  in  two  or  three  different  rivers,  and  found 
pith  and  brains  to  be  the  best.  Indeed,  in  some  rivers  scratching 
altogether  fails,  and  even  on  some  parts  of  the  Trent  it  does 
not  take  half  so  well  as  pith  and  brains.  As  this  is  a  sweet  and 
clean  bait,  I  recommend  the  Chub  fisher  to  use  it  when  he  can 
get  it,  in  preference  to  scratching.  But  whichever  bait  you 
fish  with,  take  a  towel  with  you  to  wipe  your  hands  after  hand- 
ling the  bait,  for  if  a  bit  ever  so  small  touches  the  rod  or  line, 
it  will  stick  to  it  and  mar  your  fishing. 


THE    BREAM. 


Theee  are  two  kinds  of  this  fish — the  white  or  silver  Bream, 
and  the  gold  or  Carp  Bream.  Their  flesh  is  generally  con- 
sidered coarse,  and  scarcely  fit  to  be  eaten,  but  I  am  of  a 
different  opinion,  for  I  believe  the  Carp  Bream  to  be  a  splendid 
fish,  and  very  excellent  food  when  properly  cooked.  The  other 
— the  white  Bream — is,  however,  very  coarse.  When  small, 
say  about  a  pound,  there  is  not  much  difference  in  the  appear- 
ance of  the  two ;  in  fact,  it  would  be  a  difficult  matter  to  tell 
which  was  which.  After  the  white  Bream  exceeds  this  weight, 
it  gradually  loses  its  silvery  appearance,  and  becomes  of  a  smoky 
black  colour.  This  is  the  common  Bream  found  in  ponds,  lakes, 
and  almost  in  every  deep  river  in  England.  He  is  rather  an 
awkward  customer  to  kill  with  fine  tackle,  but  after  he  is  on  the 
bank  he  is  not  much  cared  for.  The  Carp  Bream,  after  it 
exceeds  a  pound  weight,  becomes  of  a  bright  gold  colour,  which 
it  retains  ever  after,  no  matter  how  large  it  grows. 

Bream  spawn  about  the  latter  end  of  May ;  never  sooner,  and 
seldom  later.  Prom  the  20th  to  the  26th  of  that  month,  they 
will  generally  be  found  spawning.  Although  they  are  shy  fish, 
living  in  deep  water  all  the  year  round,  and  often  very  difficult 
to  catch,  they  seem  to  lose  all  fear  at  this  season.  They  with- 
draw from  the  deep  waters,  and  seek  that  part  of  the  river  or 
pond  which  is  the  fullest  of  weeds,  on  the  top  of  which  they 
deposit  their  spawn.      I  have  seen  them  when  spawning  by 


79 

hundreds  together,  lying  with  their  back  fins  out  of  the  water, 
and  seemingly  indifferent  to  any  molestation  ;  and  I  have  known 
a  keeper  on  the  Trent  to  catch  no  less  than  eighteen  hundred 
weight  of  them  at  this  season,  at  one  draw  of  the  net ;  two  of 
the  lot  weighed  sixteen  pounds,  and  many  of  them  were  Carp 
Bream.  They  lie  in  a  sickly  torpid  state  for  a  week  after 
spawning,  and  then,  having  regained  a  little  strength,  they  make 
for  a  gentle  stream  with  a  gravelly  bottom,  to  clean  and  scour 
themselves.  They  remain  there  about  a  fortnight,  and  then 
return  to  the  deep  still  waters,  with  a  clayey,  marly,  or  sandy 
bottom.  Some  say  they  are  partial  to  muddy  or  gravelly  bot- 
toms, but  1  have  always  caught  them  best  on  the  first-mentioned 
three.  There  is  nothing  that  will  shift  them  from  the  deeps 
except  a  rise  in  the  water,  which  will  make  them  retire  to  gentle 
streams,  about  three  or  four  feet  on  a  sandy  bottom,  in  which 
places  I  have  often  had  very  good  sport  with  Bream. 

The  best  Months  for  Bream  fishing  are  July,  August,  and 
September,  and  October,  if  the  weather  is  fine.  I  have  also 
caught  them  well  in  March  and  April,  but  in  these  two  months 
the  water  must  be  coloured  and  high.  At  that  time  of  the  year 
they  will  be  found  in  gentle  swims  of  from  three  to  five  feet 
deep,  on  a  sandy  bottom.  I  have  rarely  caught  them  in  spring 
when  the  water  was  clear. 

The  best  Baits  for  Bream  are  the  cockspur  and  dew-worms. 
Although  I  have  caught  a  few  fish  now  and  then  with  white 
paste,  gentles,  wasp-grub,  scratching,  and  pith,  there  is,  in  my 
opinion,  no  bait  that  can  equal  the  worm  all  through  the  season. 
As  there  is  only  one  method  to  fish  for  Bream,  and  that  is  to 
bottom  fish  for  him,  if  you  want  to  have  good  sport,  you  must 
ground-bait  the  place  you  intend  to  fish  the  day  before,  and  if 
you  think  there  is  a  good  stock  of  fish  in  the  place  you  have 
selected,  you  can  give  them  fifteen  hundred  dew-worms,  allowing 
twenty  hours  to  elapse  after  you  have  done  so  before  commen- 
cing to  angle  for  them,  when  you  will  be  sure  to  find  them  in 
good  humour  to  bite.  I  remember  going  to  bait  a  Bream  place 
for  a  party  of  gentlemen  last  September.     The  water  was  clear 


80 

and  low,  and  one  of  the  gentlemen,  knowing  it  was  all  right, 
said  he  would  accompany  me,  and  fish  an  hour  before  throwing 
the  stuff  in.  I  of  course  said  I  should  be  glad  of  his  company. 
At  this  time  there  were  about  twenty  other  piscators  present, 
who  were  laying  plans  for  expeditions  against  the  finny  tribe, 
and  the  person  who  was  to  accompany  me  said,  "  G-entlemen, 
we  are  going  to  bait  a  place  in  the  morning,  and  I  beg  to  invite 
you  all  to  a  fish  supper  to-morrow  night."  Though  we  shall  fish 
but  a  short  time,  I  think  we  can  catch  sufficient  to  satisfy  you 
all,  so  please  to  remember  that  supper  will  be  on  the  table  pre- 
cisely at  seven  o'clock."  "Bosh,"  "nonsense,"  "ridiculous," 
"it  won't  do,"  "if  I  come  I  shall  bring  my  supper  with  me," 
*'  I  will  bet  a  bottle  of  gin  you  don't  kill  ten  pounds  under  the 
hour,"  and  many  more  such  remarks  were  made.  But  the  gen- 
tleman said,  "  I  shall  not  lay  any  bets  about  it,  neither  do  I  care 
for  your  chaffing.  I  have  said  we  shall  catch  sufficient  to  satisfy 
all  within  an  hour,  and  if  the  fish  are  not  forthcoming  at  the  time 
I  have  stated,  then  is  your  time  to  chafi"."  On  the  following 
morning  we  went  to  bait  the  place,  and  a  beautiful  morning  it 
was.  The  water  and  everything  was  favourable,  and  I  felt  as 
confident  as  the  gentleman  did  that  we  should  be  successful. 
Immediately  we  got  to  the  water  we  tackled  out,  and  having  got 
the  proper  depth,  I  threw  in  a  few  worms,  then  at  it  we  went. 
Every  swim  we  had  a  bite,  and  in  less  than  half  a  hour  we  killed 
eleven  of  the  handsomest  Carp  Bream  I  ever  saw,  each  weighing 
about  three  pounds.  We  now  baited  the  place,  and  returned 
home  quite  satisfied  with  our  sport,  and  that  sufficient  had 
been  caught  to  furnish  the  promised  supper.  As  soon  as  some 
of  the  party  got  to  know  that  we  had  returned,  they  sent 
several  of  the  largest  frying-pans  they  could  get,  and  many 
pounds  of  dripping.  Not  knowing  what  number  of  fish  we  had 
brought  home,  and  thinking  that  we  had  got  few  or  none,  they 
sent  the  frying-pans  and  dripping  as  a  take-ofi*,  but  these  were 
very  useful,  and  my  friend  ordered  the  fish  to  be  cleaned  and 
cooked,  and  the  supper  on  the  table  to  a  minute.  As  the  time 
approached,  a  pretty  good  number  of  the  Angling  fraternity 


81 

assembled,  not  for  the  purpose  of  eating  fish  (for  they  were  all 
led  to  believe  that  there  had  been  no  fish  caught),  but  to  give 
my  friend  a  severe  chaffing ;  and  they  did  go  at  him  and  no 
mistake  for  about  twenty  minutes,  but  he  bore  it  with  the 
utmost  magnanimity  until  the  servant  entered  and  announced 
that  supper  was  on  the  table.  This  announcement  rather 
astonished  and  nonplussed  them,  and  they  looked  at  each  other 
in  bewilderment.  "  Well,"  said  my  friend,  "  you  have  had  a 
good  deal  of  fun  at  my  expense,  it  is  now  my  turn,  but  I 
propose  in  the  first  place  that  we  shall  go  and  partake  of  the 
supper  that  is  waiting  for  us,  then  as  a  finisher  I  shall  give  you 
an  excellent  dessert.^'  We  all  sat  down,  about  twenty  in  number, 
and  every  one  seemed  to  eujoy  himself,  for  the  supper  was 
splendidly  got  up.  After  the  supper  was  over  and  the  cloth 
drawn,  the  party  began  to  discuss  the  merits  of  diff'erent  kinds 
of  fish.  One  said  he  always  thought  Bream  were  the  coarsest 
of  fresh  water  fish,  and  not  worth  the  trouble  of  cooking.  I 
explained  that  there  were  two  kinds  of  Bream,  and  that  the 
white  or  silver  Bream  was  certainly  little  worth,  but  the  fish  we 
had  just  eaten  were  Carp  Bream,  and  that  I  believed  them  to  be 
very  excellent  fish.  "  O,  yes,"  said  one,  "  we  have  had  ample 
proof  of  that  to-night ;  for  my  part,  I  never  eat  anything  in  the 
shape  of  fish  that  I  liked  half  so  well."  My  friend  now  rose 
and  was  about  to  deliver  a  tremendous  broadside,  when  several 
gentlemen  got  up  and  stopped  him,  one  of  them  saying,   "  No 

Mr. ,  we  are  extremely  obliged  to  you  for  the  supper 

you  promised  and  which  we  have  all  enjoyed  very  much,  and  I 
think  I  may  say  for  every  one  in  the  room  that  we  have  had 
quite  sufficient  without  any  dessert.  We  are  willing  to  make 
any  sort  of  apology,  or  pay  glasses  round  and  round  again,  if 
that  will  make  things  agreeable  and  pleasant,  and  atone  for  the 
chaffing  which  we  did  wrong  in  giving  you  a  short  time  ago." 
"  Well,"  said  my  friend,  "  I  am  satisfied ;  but  I  must  make  one 
remark :  if  any  of  you  should  come  to  understand  the  art  of 
Angling  as  I  do,  you  will  have  the  same  confidence  as  I  had, 
and  find  no   difficulty  in  providing  a  supper  of  fish  when  you 

G 


82 

have  promised  it."     The  night  passed  away  as  it  should  do 
when  Anglers  meet  together — pleasantly. 

The  best  method  of  fishing  for  Bream  is  with  the  float,  and 
as  you  can  catch  Bream  both  in  deep  and  shallow  water,  you 
will  require  different  tackle  for  each.  For  a  deep  water  of  from 
twelve  to  fourteen  feet  in  a  stream,  the  rod,  reel,  line,  float, 
tackle,  and  hook  recommended  for  Barbel  fishing  will  be  more 
suitable  than  any  other.  When  you  fish  in  a  water  from  four 
to  eight  feet  deep,  the  rod  and  line  recommended  for  Chub 
fishing  with  a  quill  float,  that  will  carry  five  or  six  b.b.  shor, 
and  a  No.  7  hook  will  be  most  answerable  You  can  fish  either 
with  a  cockspur  worm,  or  the  tail  end  of  a  female  lob  with  this 
tackle. 

THE  AET  or  BOTTOM  FISHINa  FOR  BEEAM. 

I  will  first  give  directions  how  to  fish  for  Bream  in  a  river 
in  deep  water  with  a  gentle  swim ;  then  in  a  gentle  stream  of 
four  or  five  feet,  where  they  will  be  found  when  there  is  a  rise 
of  water ;  and  lastly  in  deep  stagnant  pools  or  lakes. 

For  fishing  a  place  twelve  feet  deep  in  a  stream,  yoa  will  require 
the  tackle  I  have  recommended  for  Barbel  fishing,  but  always 
fish  with  the  smallest  float  that  the  water  will  admit  of  your 
using.  If  you  can  fish  with  a  large  turkey  or  swan  quill,  do 
so ;  if  not  put  on  as  light  a  cork  float  as  you  can  fish  with,  for 
the  lighter  the  better.  We  will  suppose  the  time  to  be  July  or 
August,  the  bait  you  are  going  to  use  to  be  dew  worms,  and 
the  place  you  are  going  to  fish  to  be  ground  baited  with  the 
number  of  worms  I  have  already  recommended.  The  water 
should  be  clear  and  low  and  the  wind  blowing  behind  you. 
You  should  get  the  proper  depth  and  measure  it  on  your  rod 
the  day  you  baited ;  this  will  save  a  good  deal  of  trouble  after- 
wards, and  prevent  you  from  disturbing  the  fish  just  before  you 
commence  to  angle  for  them.  Bream  is  a  bottom  fish  you 
must  remember,  and  you  must  allow  your  bait  to  swim  as  close 
to  the  bottom  as  you  can  without  touching  it.    Now  cut  up 


twenty  dew  worms  into  bits  an  inch  long,  and  throw  them  in, 
spreading  them  as  little  as  possible,  so  as  to  keep  the  fish 
together,  and  all  in  one  channel.  Allow  for  the  stream  and  the 
depth  of  the  \vater,  so  that  the  worms  may  get  to  the  bottom 
eight  or  ten  yards  below  where  you  are  to  stand  to  fish.  As 
soon  as  they  get  to  the  bottom  every  bit  will  be  devoured.  Now 
put  on  your  hook  a  well  scoured  lob,  allowing  half  an  inch  of 
the  bait  to  writhe  about,  and  send  it  in  the  same  direction  that 
your  ground  bait  has  gone,  and  it  is  almost  certain  you  get  a 
fish  the  first  swim.  "When  you  are  going  to  throw,  fetch  your  line 
from  the  third  or  fourth  ring  as  may  be  most  suitable  for  the 
distance,  and  cast  in  the  same  direction  as  you  have  thrown  the 
worms,  holding  your  rod  in  your  right  hand,  and  giving  line 
with  the  left,  in  such  a  way  as  to  keep  the  float  goino  rather 
tight,  so  that  your  bait  may  swim  first.  When  you  perceive 
a  nudge,  do  not  wait  until  your  float  goes  under,  but  strike  at 
once,  for  it  often  happens  that  the  largest  fish  bite  the  shyest. 
This  style  of  Bream  fishing  resembles  Barbel  fishing,  and  I  have 
often  caught  both  fish  in  the  same  swim.  If  you  should  get 
them  on  the  bite  with  the  first  bit  of  stuff",  then  you  will  know 
that  you  are  fishing  the  place  in  the  right  style ;  but  if  not, 
having  the  wind  and  water  all  right,  you  must  have  done  some- 
thing or  other  wrong.  You  may  suppose  there  are  no  fish  in 
the  place,  but  that  is  not  the  case.  I  have  known  parties  to 
fish  different  places  for  hours,  and  even  days,  and  catch  but  very 
few  fish,  and  yet  after  they  had  done  angling  and  gone  away 
with  the  idea  that  there  were  no  fish  in  the  water,  I  have  fished 
the  same  places,  and  had  splendid  sport  for  two  or  three  days 
in  succession.  Now,  instead  of  coming  to  a  hasty  conclusion, 
commune  with  yourself.  The  water  is  very  clear  and  the  sun 
bright.  You  may  have  been  fishing  too  close  in.  Throw  in  a 
few  more  worms  lower  down,  and  further  out,  and  take  along-er 
swim.  It  is  perhaps  deeper  further  out ;  alter  your  fioat  three 
or  four  inches  and  put  on  a  fresh  bait.  Now  they  are  biting 
every  swim.  By  doing  everything  you  can  think  of  to  dis- 
cover the  reason  of  your  non-success,  you  have  at  last  found  it 


84 

out.  As  I  said  before,  if  there  is  only  one  thing  wrong  all  is  not 
right.  Now  that  you  have  got  the  fish  on  the  bite,  be  very 
careful  how  you  treat  them.  Do  not  dash  worms  in  after  every 
fish  you  kill.  Catch  three  or  four  and  then  give  them  about 
twenty  worms,  for  the  fewer  you  throw  in  the  longer  and 
better  they  will  bite. 

There  are  several  Bream  holes  that  I  know  that  are  from 
twenty  to  thirty  feet  deep,  and  you  would  find  it  difficult  to  fish 
these  places  unless  you  understood  fishing  with  the  sliding  float. 
With  the  slider  you  can  fish  any  depth  with  the  greatest  ease. 
Some  of  my  readers  may  not  know  how  it  is  made  or  worked. 
I  will  explain.  This  float  is  made  the  same  as  the  cork  float 
for  Barbel  fishing,  long  and  thin — a  little  larger  than  one  you 
fish  with  in  water  eight  or  ten  feet  deep.  Fix  two  rings,  just 
large  enough  to  allow  your  line  to  pass  freely  through,  one 
almost  at  the  top  and  the  other  at  the  bottom  of  the  float, 
taking  great  care  that  they  are  in  a  direct  line  with  each 
other.  AVhen  you  intend  fishing  with  this  float  pass  your 
line  through  both  rings,  then  put  on  your  corking  weights, 
and  tie  the  tackle  on.  Now  you  observe  the  float  rests  on  the 
corking  weights.  Let  us  suppose  the  water  is  thirty  feet  deep; 
allow  the  float  to  remain  where  it  is  and  measure  thirty  feet 
from  the  hook  up  the  line,  at  which  distance  make  a  drawn  noose 
in  the  line,  and  put  a  small  bit  of  india  rubber  or  line  in  the 
noose  and  draw  it  carefully  up,  so  that  you  can  shift  it  out 
again  if  required.  Now  wind  the  line  up  and  throw  from  the 
reel ;  as  soon  as  the  float  drop  s  give  it  line  slack  so  that 
it  will  pass  freely  through  the  rings  on  the  float  till  it  gets 
to  the  knot ;  when  you  wind  up  the  float  will  go  back  again  to 
the  weights.  I  must  not  forget  to  mention  that  you  must  have 
fast  rings  on  the  rod  to  allow  the  knot  on  the  line  to  pass  freely 
through.  You  will  find  this  float  excellent  fordeep  water,  both 
for  Barbel  and  Bream  fishing. 

When  there  is  a  rise  of  water  and  Bream  leave  the  deep  holes, 
they  will  be  found  in  gentle  swims  three  or  four  feet  deep. 
You  should  mark  out  when  the  water  is  low  and  you  can  see 


85 

the  bottom,  such  places  as  may  be  suitable  and  are  free  of 
weeds.  You  will  then  know  where  to  go  to  at  once,  and  avoid 
much  trouble.  If  you  fish  for  Bream  in  March  or  April,  the 
shallows  are  the  only  places  you  can  catch  them  in,  for  there 
are  none  in  deep  water.  It  is  of  no  use  ground  baiting  in 
spring ;  the  worms  are  too  cold,  and  a  very  few  bits  will  satisfy 
them.  But  in  the  summer  months  in  this  kind  of  water  you 
should  give  them  five  or  six  hundred  dew  worms  cut  into  bits 
an  inch  long,  because  large  Roach  and  Perch  resort  to  the  same 
places,  and  the  tackle  and  bait  recommended  for  fishing  such 
places  for  Bream  are  also  suitable  for  them.  Having  got  tackled 
out,  get  the  proper  depth,  allowing  your  bait  just  to  miss  the 
bottom,  then  cut  four  or  five  dew  worms  into  bits  about  the 
size  of  horse  beans.  If  the  stream  be  slow  throw  them  in  about 
a  yard  above  you,  and  they  will  get  to  the  bottom  three  or  four 
yards  from  where  you  stand  to  fish.  Now  put  on  two  inches  of 
the  tail  end  of  a  well-scoured  female  lob,  and  be  careful  how 
you  move  on  the  bank,  for  the  least  shake  will  drive  away  every 
fish  in  the  place.  Fetch  your  line  from  two  or  three  rings  up 
and  make  a  cast  the  same  distance  as  you  have  thrown  the  ground 
bait.  As  soon  as  you  see  the  float  rising,  lay  the  line  behind 
it,  so  that  your  bait  may  swim  first.  If  the  fish  begin  to  bite, 
give  them  no  more  worms  until  they  begin  to  fall  off,  then 
throw  a  few  more  in.  If  you  do  exactly  as  I  have  told  you 
there  is  no  doubt  but  your  sport  will  be  good.  It  was  in  this 
style,  and  with  this  kind  of  bait,  that  in  1855  I  caught  eighty- 
lour  pounds  of  Bream,  in  four  hours,  on  the  river  Lee,  near 
London. 

In  deep  stagnant  waters  the  first  thing  you  should  do  is  to 
find  out  that  part  of  the  pond,  lake,  or  whatever  it  may  be,  which 
is  freest  of  weeds,  and  has  nothing  foul  on  the  bottom.  Then 
ascertain  the  depth  and  allow  your  bait  to  lie  two  or  three  inches 
on  the  bottom.  This  is  the  only  kind  of  water  in  which 
I  recommend  the  bait  to  lie  on  the  bottom,  and  the  reason  I  do 
so  is,  that  the  worms  you  have  thrown  in  have  gone  to  the 
bottom,  and  must  remain  there  until  the  fish  find  them,  and 


86 

by  allowing  your  bait  to  lie  two  or  three  inclies  ou,  the  fish  pick 
it  up  the  same  as  they  would  the  ground  bait.  Some  of  my 
readers  may  say,  "  You  are  now  fishing  with  the  bait  on  the 
bottom  to  imitate  the  ground  bait ;  why,  then,  not  do  the  same 
in  a  stream  ?  the  worms  you  throw  in  roll  on  the  bottom 
until  something  stops  them,  and  to  imitate  this  the  bait  should 
drag  two  or  three  inches  on  the  bottom."  My  answer  is,  that 
as  the  bottom  part  of  your  tackle  swims  first,  the  bait  would  run 
against  the  nose  of  any  fish  that  lay  in  the  way,  and  compel  him 
totakeit,  but  by  allowing  it  todrag,  evenif  he  should  happen  to  see 
it  passing,  he  must  turn  round  and  swim  after  it  before  he  can 
take  it ;  then  if  the  fish  are  eager  and  keen  to  bite,  the  head  of 
the  worm  which  goes  first  when  the  bait  drags,  is  sure  to  be 
snapped  at,  and  when  you  strike  you  miss  the  fish  and  spoil  the 
bait ;  again,  when  the  hook  is  dragging  it  is  liable  to  catch 
anything  foul  lying  on  the  bottom,  and  in  my  opinion  the  odds 
are  a  hundred  to  one  against  a  dragging  bait.  In  the  style  I 
have  recommended  the  bait  goes  first,  the  tail  writhing  on  the 
point  of  the  hook.  Is  it  likely  that  a  fish  would  shift  out  of  his 
place  to  allow  it  to  pass  ?  I  should  think  not.  It  is  like  poking 
your  fist  into  a  man's  face,  and  daring  him  to  come  on.  You 
see  fishing  in  a  stream  and  in  still  water  are  two  difierent  things. 
Now,  having  got  the  right  depth,  cut  three  or  four  dew  worms 
small,  and  as  many  cockspurs  into  two  pieces,  and  throw  them 
all  in  together  in  the  place  you  intend  fishing.  Then  take  two 
good  sized  cockspurs  and  put  your  hook  in  at  the  head  of  the 
first  one,  and  out  half  an  inch  from  the  tail ;  draw  it  up  the  gut 
and  put  the  hook  in  the  other  a  quarter  of  an  inch  below  the 
bead,  and  thread  it  to  a  quarter  of  an  inch  of  the  tail,  then  draw 
the  first  one  carefully  down  to  it,  and  you  will  have  a  very 
attractive  bait  for  pond  fishing.  Now,  whether  on  a  bank 
or  in  a  boat,  be  very  still,  and  make  a  cast  to  the  place 
where  you  have  thrown  the  ground  bait.  The  moment  the  bait 
gets  to  the  bottom  the  chances  are  that  the  float  goes  under. 
Throw  in  three  or  four  dew  worms  about  every  twenty  minutes, 
and  I  have  little  doubt  you  will  return  satisfied  with  your  sport. 


THE  ROACH. 


This  is  a  handsome,  game  little  fellow,  but  perhaps  the  coarsest 
fish  that  swims  in  fresh  water.  Koach  fishers  are,  however,  very- 
numerous,  and  increasing  every  year,  in  fact,  I  believe  there 
are  more  anglers  of  this  fish  than  of  any  other,  and  he  certainly 
affords  good  sport,  and  it  requires  no  small  amount  of  skill  to 
take  him  ;  but  there  is  not  one  out  of  ten  who  angle  for  him 
that  fishes  in  the  right  style,  and  with  the  proper  tackle.  Many 
think  that  anything  will  catch  Eoach,  but  they  generally  find  out 
their  mistake. 

!Roach  Bpawn  at  the  latter  end  of  May,  and  deposit  their 
spawn  on  the  top  of  weeds  in  shallow  water.  I  have  frequently 
seen  them  in  hundreds,  I  might  say  thousands,  together,  with 
their  back  fins  above  the  water,  spawning  on  the  top  of  weeds. 
I  have  often  watched  them  in  shoals  repairing  to  the  spawning 
ground,  and  fighting  against  strong  currents  until  they  had 
found  a  suitable  place.  Roach  are  very  quick  over  their  work, 
three  or  four  fine  days  taking  them  away  from  their  spawning 
places.  They  then  seek  a  shallow  stream  with  a  gravelly 
bottom  to  scour  themselves,  and  at  this  time,  if  you  have  a  mind, 
you  may  whip  at  them  with  the  fly  and  catch  any  quantity,  for 
they  will  rise  eagerly.  I  have  frequently  caught  three  and  four 
with  one  cast.  It  matters  little  what  sort  of  fly  you  fish  with, 
they  seem  to  take  one  as  readily  as  another.  All  fish  more  or 
less  become  stupified  at  the  spawning  season,  but  on  the  first 


88 

return  of  consciousness  they  will  run  at  and  bite  anything  that 
comes  in  their  way,  and  this  applies  to  Eoach  as  well  as  to  most 
other  fish.  Eoach  are  not  partial  to  strong  streams  at  any  time 
of  the  year,  and  after  they  have  done  scouring,  you  will  find 
them  in  gentle  swims  of  from  three  to  six  feet  deep,  but  the 
largest  fish  will  be  found  in  deeper  water.  I  once  picked  ten 
Eoach  from  a  basket  that  I  caught  in  one  of  the  summer  months 
(I  think  it  was  in  the  latter  end  of  August,)  that  weighed 
fifteen  pounds — the  largest  fish  weighed  two  pounds  and  three 
ounces.  These  were  all  caught  in  about  eight  feet  of  water 
with  the  female  lob-worm.  I  think  I  never  saw  a  dish  of  finer 
Eoach  in  my  life.  Erom  October  till  March  they  will  be  found 
in  still  water  with  a  sandy  bottom,  sometimes  a  gravelly,  but 
never  a  muddy  bottom. 

The  baits  for  Eoach  fishing  are  very  numerous,  and  some 
Eoach  fishers  are  very  whimsical  about  their  baits,  using  different 
kinds  of  colourings,  sweeteners,  and  scents.  But  if  you  want  a 
scent  you  cannot  have  a  better  than  I  have  recommended  for 
Barbel  fishing.  I  will  name  most  of  the  baits  used  for  Eoach 
fishing,  and  then  I  will  tell  you  which,  in  my  opinion,  are  the 
best.  Artificial  and  natural  flies,  gentles,  straw-bait,  cad-bait, 
wasp-grub,  creed  malt,  and  wheat,  grains,  creed  rice,  and  pearl 
barley,  white  and  red  paste,  red  worms,  and  the  tail  end  of  the 
female  lob.  All  these  baits  will  catch  Eoach  at  certain  periods 
of  the  season,  but  not  at  all  times.  For  instance,  it  would 
not  be  advisable  to  fish  with  flies,  grains,  creed  malt,  and 
wheat,  in  the  coldest  winter  months. 

I  will  here  relate  how  I  took  the  conceit  out  of  a  boasting 
Eoach  fisher,  and  convinced  him  that  his  style  of  fishing  was 
wrong  and  his  fanciful  baits  useless.  In  the  year  1 850,  when 
I  resided  at  Derby,  I  made  tremendous  havoc  amongst  fish  of 
all  descriptions,  which  made  many  Anglers  very  jealous  of  me, 
one  in  particular.  He  said,  "  I  will  fish  this  man  for  what  he 
likes  ;  I  don't  care  who  he  is  or  where  he  comes  from ;  he  ma 7 
be  a  good  fisherman,  but  I  think  I  can  lick  him  at  Eoach  fishing.'* 
An  uncle  of  mine,  who  was  present,  hearing  this  challenge, 


89 

accepted  it  at  once,  each  to  fish  with  what  baits  he  thought 
proper,  both  to  fish  on  the  same  mile  of  water,  and  to  keep 
twenty  yards  apart.  The  match  to  be  for  the  greatest  weight 
of  Eoach,  no  other  fish  to  be  weighed  in.  The  22nd  or  23rd 
of  August  was  the  day  appointed,  and  we  both  started  off  to 
the  Trent,  five  miles  from  Derby.  On  arriving  at  the  place  I 
proposed  a  glass  of  ale,  but  my  opponent  would  not  agree  to 
that,  being  very  anxious  to  commence  work,  so  I  told  him  to  go 
on,  and  I  should  be  with  him  in  a  short  time.  I  staid  and  had 
my  glass  of  ale,  so  that  he  had  about  half  an  hour's  start  of  me. 
"VVhen  I  joined  him  I  saw  a  spread  on  the  bank  that  astonished 
me :  there,  on  a  cloth,  lay  arranged,  in  perfect  order,  gentles  in  a 
tin  box,  grains,  creed  malt,  and  wheat,  white  and  red  paste,  and 
a  piece  of  white  bread  —baits  which  I  considered  sufiicient  to 
catch  all  the  Eoach  in  the  Trent  if  properly  fished  with.  After 
taking  stock  of  this  display,  I  enquired  what  sport  he  had  had. 
"  I  have  not  got  them  together  yet,"  he  answered,  "  I  have  only 
caught  one  about  two  ounces ;  they  will  come  on  to  bite  presently? 
and  then  I  shall  have  plenty  to  do  to  bait  and  take  the  fish  off 
the  hook."  I  then  left  him  and  went  to  seek  out  a  place  for 
myself.  The  water  being  a  little  coloured,  and  three  or  four 
inches  Tiigher  than  usual,  I  selected  a  gentle  swim  on  a 
gravelly  bottom,  about  three  feet  deep.  All  the  baits  I  had, 
and  all  I  cared  for,  were  about  two  hundred  dew  worms.  I  was 
quickly  tackled  out,  with  a  nice  light  rod,  fine  silk  line,  small 
quill  float,  No.  8  hook,  baited  with  the  tail  end  of  a  well-scoured 
female  lob.  The  style  of  fishing  I  will  give  you  by  and  by. 
Well,  every  swim  I  had  either  a  fish  or  a  bite  of  Eoach,  Dace, 
Perch,  or  Chub,  but  chiefly  Eoach.  I  commenced  at  half-past 
ten,  and  at  one  o'clock  I  found  I  had  at  least  twelve  pounds 
of  Eoach,  besides  other  fish.  I  then  lit  my  pipe,  and  made  up 
my  mind  to  take  it  easy.  While  I  was  enjoying  my  smoke,  up 
came  my  antagonist,  who  asked  me  what  sport  I  had  had.  I 
answered,  that  if  the  fish  continued  to  bite  as  they  had  been 
doing,  I  should  catch  a  good  number  before  the  time  was  up.  I 
asked  him  if  he  had  caught  any  more.     "  Very  few,"  he  replied, 


90 

"perhaps  eight  or  ten  little  things."  "  Why,"  said  he,  "you 
are  fishing  with  worms,  and  I  never  thought  of  bringing  any 
with  me."  They  seem  to  prefer  worms  to-day  to  any  other  bait ; 
we  never  know  when  to  have  them  ;  sometimes  they  fancy  one 
bait  and  sometimes  another.  You  must  let  me  have  some  of 
your  worms,  and  you  can  have  some  of  my  baits."  Well,  I 
thought,  here  is  a  liberal  offer :  this  looks  something  like  being 
licked,  but  its  no  use  doing  the  thing  by  halves,  I  may  as  well 
kill  him  with  kindness,  so  I  said  you  are  welcome  to  some  of  my 
worms,  and  as  your  float  and  tackle  are  not  quite  the  thing  for 
worm  fishing,  I  will  lend  you  one.  He  accepted  this  offer,  and 
I  arranged  it  for  the  proper  depth,  telling  him  he  might  fish 
the  same  swim  in  which  I  was  angling.  He  said  that  would  be 
against  the  regulations,  as  we  had  agreed  to  fish  at  least  twenty 
yards  apart ;  but  I  quieted  his  compunctions  by  telling  him 
that  as  I  consented  to  it,  no  fault  could  be  found.  We  then 
fished  in  the  same  swim,  and  he  caught  the  fish  as  quickly  as 
I  did,  to  his  great  delight.  I  then  left  and  went  to  fish  a  swim 
thirty  yards  below,  where  in  a  few  minutes  I  got  them  to  bite 
as  fast  as  in  the  first  place ;  but  they  went  off  biting  in  the 
place  I  had  left  ten  minutes  after  I  was  gone,  for  the  simple 
reason  that  my  opponent  never  thought  of  throwing  in  a  few 
worms.  He  quickly  packed  up  his  traps  for  the  purpose,  as  I 
thought,  of  going  to  fish  another  place.  But  I  was  mistaken, 
for  he  went  behind  a  hedge,  lapped  up  his  tackle,  and  bolted 
home  as  fast  as  his  legs  could  carry  him.  When  I  found  this 
to  be  the  case  I  packed  up  and  went  after  him,  but  could  not 
overtake  him.  At  this  time  it  would  be  about  half-past  two 
o'clock.  When  I  got  home  I  went  to  my  uncle  and  showed 
him  what  I  had  caught,  and  told  him  what  had  occurred.  He 
weighed  the  fish  and  found  there  were  seventeen  pounds  of 
Eioach,  and  six  or  eight  pounds  of  other  fish.  He  then  went  to 
my  opponent's  house  and  asked  him  why  he  ran  away.  "  Oh,"  he 
said,  "  I  give  in  that  I  have  been  fairly  beaten,  but  it  was  unfair 
on  your  friend's  part  to  go  away  and  take  all  the  fish  with  him ;  I 
scarcely  got  a  bite  after  he  was  gone." 


91 

I  do  not  recommend  the  worm  as  being  the  best  bait  for 
summer  fishing.  On  the  contrary,  I  know  several  rivers  in 
which  fishing  with  the  worm  for  Roach  wouldbe  a  perfect  failure ; 
you  would  probably  not  catch  a  fish  in  a  week.  Por  instance,  I 
fished  the  Thames  and  the  Lee  for  five  weeks  with  the  worm, 
and  during  all  that  time,  although  T  caught  almost  every  other 
kind  of  river  fish,  I  did  not  get  a  single  Eoach.  I  put  on  suit- 
able tackle,  and  fished  likely  places,  but  it  was  no  use,  every 
other  fish  took  the  bait  freely,  but  no  Eoach  touched  it.  I  could 
not  account  for  this,  because  I  knew  there  were  plenty  of  Roach 
in  both  rivers :  until  one  day,  when  fishing  from  the  bank  at 
Hampton  Court,  I  saw  on  the  opposite  side  a  nice  swim.  By 
wading  over  a  small  backwater  I  could  get  to  it,  so  I  doffed  my 
shoes  and  stockings,  and  when  I  got  into  the  water  I  was 
astonished  to  find  it  as  cold  as  ice.  I  have  stood  in  the  water 
for  hours  together,  but  I  could  not  have  stood  that  for  five 
minutes.  I  then  thought  it  was  no  wonder  Roach  would  not 
take  the  worm.  The  cause  was  at  once  discovered.  I  found  out 
that  the  Thames  water  was  of  about  the  same  temperature  as 
the  Derwent  and  Dove,  being  twice  as  cold  as  the  Trent,  and  the 
Soar  and  the  Idle,  in  which  Roach  take  the  worm  well  nearly  all 
through  the  summer.  It  is  no  use  fishing  the  Dove  and  the 
Derwent  with  the  worm  for  Roach,  except  in  winter.  I  have 
not  fished  the  Thames  in  winter,  but  I  have  no  doubt  Roach 
in  that  river  would  then  take  worms  as  well  as  in  the  former 
two.  I  have  studied  to  find  out  the  reason  -why  fish  would  not 
bite  in  one  river  as  well  as  another,  and  I  feel  sure  the  cause 
is,  that  the  water  of  one  river  is  much  harder  and  colder  than 
another.  In  my  opinion,  you  cannot  fish  with  a  better 
bait  for  Roach  for  the  first  two  or  three  weeks  after  spawning 
than  gentles,  and  indeed  all  through  the  summer  you  can  take 
Roach  with  this  bait  more  or  less.  Erom  the  latter  end  of  July 
to  the  end  of  September,  creed  malt  and  wheat  are  very  good 
baits,  with  grains  to  throw  in.  "White  and  red  paste  are  also 
good,  with  chewed  bread  for  ground  bait.  From  October  till 
April  the  red  worm  or  cockspur,  and  white  paste  are  the  best  baits. 


92 

The  Eod  for  Eoacli  fishing  should  be  eleveu  feet  long,  and 
as  light  as  possible.  A  two  inch  reel  will  be  large  enough. 
The  line  may  be  any  length  you  please,  but  I  would  recommend 
it  to  be  no  less  than  one  hundred  yards,  as  larger  and  more 
difficult  fish  to  deal  with  might  sometimes  take  your  bait.  It 
should  be  made  of  all  silk,  one  hundred  yards  to  weigh  about 
two  drams  and  a  half.  The  smaller  your  quill  float  the  better ; 
one  that  will  carry  two  or  three  small  shot  (the  bottom  one  a 
foot  from  the  hook,)  if  you  can  work  it  will  be  very  suitable. 
Some  Eoach  fishers  are  partial  to  the  single  hair,  but  as  you 
can  get  gut  as  fine  as  hair  I  don't  see  the  advantage  of  it. 
Tou  can  see  a  hair  in  the  water  better  than  you  can  gut,  and 
why  it  should  be  fished  with  I  don't  know,  unless  it  be  to  give 
the  best  fish  a  chance  of  getting  away.  At  one  time  the  single 
hair  was  a  great  favourite  with  me,  and  I  once  killed  a  Barbel 
four  pounds  weight  with  one,  but  it  took  me  twenty  minutes 
to  land  him,  and  I  felt  him  to  be  very  unsafe  until  I  got  him  on 
the  bank.  I  have  lost  many  good  fish  by  using  the  single  hair, 
more  than  I  ever  shall  again,  for  experience  has  taught  me  that 
fine  gut  is  decidedly  the  best  for  any  sort  of  water.  The  hooka 
for  Eoach  fishing  should  be  No.  10  for  gentles  and  white  or 
red  paste,  No.  12  for  malt  or  wheat,  and  No.  8  for  worms. 
There  are  various  opinions  held  as  to  the  size  of  hooks,  but  I 
think  these  are  better  than  any  other.  Tou  may  ground  bait 
the  place  you  intend  to  fish  the  day  before.  If  you  are  going 
to  fish  with  gentles,  bait  the  place  with  two  quarts  of  small 
gentles  ;  if  with  creed  malt  or  wheat,  bait  with  three  quarts  of 
fresh  grains ;  if  with  white  or  red  paste,  bait  with  half  a  pound 
of  soft  white  bread,  and  half  a  pound  of  boiled  rice,  kneaded 
well  together ;  and  if  with  worms,  bait  the  place  with  five  or 
six  hundred  red  worms  of  all  sorts  cut  in  two.  The  only 
period  of  the  year  to  ground  bait  is  from  July  till  the  end  of 
October.     After  this  ground  baiting  is  useless. 

THE  AET  OF  ANGLING  FOE  EOACH. 
Under  this  head  I  will  describe  how  to  fish  with  gentles,  with 


creed  malt  or  wheat,  with  worms,  and  with  white  or  red  paste. 
I  shall  suppose  that  the  water  is  clear,  the  wind  blowing  behind 
you,  and  that  you  have  selected  a  gentle  swim  from  three  to  four 
feet  deep.  Get  the  proper  depth  and  fish  so  that  your  bait  may 
swim  two  or  three  inches  from  the  bottom,  never  on  it,  for  you 
must  bear  in  mind  that  Roach  can  see  better  above  than  below 
them.  Now  sit  down  and  *be  very  still  on  the  bank.  Throw 
in  about  twenty  small  gentles  (pick  the  large  ones  out)  two  or 
three  yards  above  where  you  sit.  In  a  small  box  you  have  got 
some  gentles  of  a  better  kind,  that  you  have  kept  purposely  for 
the  hook.  Take  two,  if  they  are  not  large,  and  put  one  on  to 
cover  the  shank,  and  the  other  the  bend  of  the  hook.  Sit  well 
back  and  keep  as  much  out  of  bight  as  you  can.  Now  make  a 
cast  the  same  distance  out  as  you  have  thrown  in  the  ground 
bait,  so  that  your  float  may  swim  to  a  nicety  in  the  same  direc- 
tion as  the  ground  bait  has  gone.  Let  your  line  swim  behind 
the  float,  and  as  much  out  of  the  water  as  possible,  letting  the 
float  go  steadily  down  the  stream  as  if  there  was  no  line  attached 
to  it.  As  your  line  is  very  fine,  it  will  glide  free  and  easy 
through  the  rings.  You  may  occasionally  take  a  swim  of  six  or 
eight  yards.  If  the  fish  should  not  come  on  to  bite  in  ten 
minutes  after  throwing  in  the  first  few  gentles,  give  them  as 
many  more,  and  if  this  does  not  take  effect,  put  about  twenty 
inside  a  small  lump  of  clay ;  these  will  go  to  the  bottom  at  once, 
but  this  style  of  ground  baiting,  although  very  good  for  boat  or 
punt  fishing,  makes  too  much  noise  when  the  lump  has  to 
be  thrown  in  from  the  bank,  and  if  you  can  get  the  fish  to  bite 
by  throwing  a  few  gentles  in  alone  all  the  better.  But  some- 
times this  is  useless,  as  a  shoal  of  Bleak  may  be  swimming  a 
foot  from  the  surface,  that  eat  up  all  gentles  when  thrown  in 
long  before  they  get  to  the  bottom.  If  the  fish  should  bite 
after  the  first  lot  of  gentles,  throw  in  a  few  now  and  then,  say 
about  a  dozen  every  five  minutes.  If  you  have  good  luck,  you 
will  bring  out  all  you  throw  in  with  the  fish  you  catch.  If  there 
is  a  good  stock  of  Eoach  in  the  place  you  are  fishing,  you  can 
keep  them  on  the  bite  as  long  as  you  like — at  least,  I  could.- 


91 

The  style  of  fishing  with  creed  malt  or  wheat  differs  little  from 
the  above,  but  I  have  seen  so  much  bungling  on  the  part  of 
Eoach  fishers  with  malt  that  I  shall  endeavour  to  correct  them. 
I  have  seen  them  fish  sharp  streams,  and  boiling  eddies  ten  or 
twelve  feet  deep,  with  their  bait  but  a  yard  below  the  surface, 
and  throw  in  grains  for  ground  bait,  and  not  a  few  either,  but 
five  or  six  handfuls  the  first  start.  '  Of  course,  after  throwing  in 
such  a  large  quantity  of  ground  bait,  it  is  impossible  to  get  a 
nibble,  for  the  fish  have  all  gorged  themselves.  I  have  known 
this  piece  of  folly  to  be  committed  both  on  the  Trent  and  Thames 
a  hundred  times.  The  Londoners  mix  up  a  fearful  mess  for 
ground  baiting  with  while  fishing.  I  have  seen  one  of  these 
messes  mixed  up  by  a  gentleman  in  a  punt  at  Chertsey  bridge, 
on  the  Thames.  After  he  had  tried  my  style  of  angling,  and 
found  he  could  not  manage  the  running  line  and  a  reel,  which 
ran  too  quick  for  him,  he  gave  it  up.  I  pressed  him  to  try  again, 
and  he  did,  and  caught  two  or  three  fish,  but  he  would  not 
continue  the  style ;  so  I  went  with  him,  not  to  instruct  him,  but 
to  look  on  and  learn  something  that  I  had  not  known  before, 
for  he  said,  "  Now,  master  fisherman,  we  will  show  you  our  style 
of  angling,  and  how  to  catch  Koach  and  Dace  by  wholesale ; 
bring  that  tub  here."  I  did  so,  and  found  it  was  full  of  clay  or 
rather  slug.  He  now  took  ofi"  his  coat  and  turned  up  his 
sleeves,  made  a  hole  in  the  middle  of  the  clay,  and  put  in 
about  a  quart  of  bran,  two  pounds  of  soaked  bread,  one  quart 
of  gentles,  two  or  three  handfuls  of  greaves  in  lumps,  and  two 
or  three  hundred  of  chopped  dew  worms.  He  then  kneaded 
the  whole  together  as  a  baker  would  knead  his  dough,  and 
having  completed  this  process,  he  formed  part  of  it  into  two  or 
three  large  balls,  and  dropped  them  carefully  over  the  punt  side. 
Of  course  they  went  to  the  bottom  at  once,  but  as  soon  as  these 
dumplings  dissolved  the  water  became  a  living  mass  with  the 
different  sorts  of  stuff"  that  the  ground  bait  was  composed  of, 
and  I  could  see  that  a  deal  of  it  would  go  down  the  stream  for 
a  hundred  yards,  and  that  there  had  been  sufficient  thrown  in 
to  satisfy  all  the  fish  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of  the  place.     I 


95 

could  not  help  laughing  at  this  performance,  and  I  thought 
if  that  was  the  London  style  of  ground  baiting  it  was  certainly 
a  very  absurd  and  ridiculous  one.  When  the  gentleman  saw 
that  I  was  laughing,  he  said,  "  You  may  laugh,  but  we  will  show 
you  a  bit  of  Eoach  fishing  that  you  don't  often  witness."  "  Well," 
I  said,  "  I  hope  you  may,  but  I  very  much  doubt  it."  "  Why," 
asked  he.  "  Because,"  I  replied,  "  in  ten  minutes  there  will  not 
be  a  fish  in  the  place  that  would  thank  you  for  the  best  bait 
you  could  put  on  the  hook,  for  the  simple  reason  that  you  have 
thrown  in  such  a  medley  of  stuff,  and  such  a  quantity,  that 
the  fish  will  be  perfectly  gorged."  "  Nonsense,"  he  said,  "  there 
is  plenty  of  fish  here,  and  I  shall  give  them  as  much  more  in 
about  ten  minutes."  "  Well,"  I  said,  "  we  shall  see  what  effect 
this  first  lot  takes."  So  at  it  they  went,  a  gentleman  and  a 
lady. 

First  rotmd. — After  a  good  deal  of  dodging,  her  ladyship  let 
fly  a  beautiful  right  hander,  which  nailed  one  on  the  conk, 
drawing  the  first  blood.     . 

Second  round. — A  little  cautious  sparring  for  about  a  minute, 
when  the  gentleman  made  a  slashing  upper  cut  with  the  right 
hand,  which  told  with  elfect  on  the  nasal  organ.  He  claimed 
the  first  knock-down,  but,  unfortunately,  the  force  of  his  blow 
broke  his  tackle. 

Third  round. — Eather  slow  at  getting  to  work.  The  gent 
came  up  rather  flushed  and  excited  from  the  effects  of  hitting 
in  the  last  round,  and  after  a  few  harmless  taps  on  both  sides  they 
pulled  up. 

Fourth  round. — In  this  round  some  good  hitting  took  place ; 
one  napped  it  on  the  beak  the  other  under  the  chin,  a  break- 
away and  at  it  again,  when  the  gent  succeeded  in  planting  one, 
two,  on  the  mouth,  and  was  about  to  administer  another  spank, 
when  her  ladyship  sent  out  a  straight  one,  and  nailed  him  on 
the  snuif  box.     This  brought  it  to  a  close. 

Fifth  round. — The  hitting  in  this  round  was  all  in  favour  of 
her  ladyship,  for  she  succeeded  in  probing  him  three  times  in 
succession  on  the  breather,  and  got  clear  away  without  a  return, 


96 

Sixth  round. — It  was  now  very  plain  that  the  gent  had  not 
"inuch  chance,  for  the  odds  were  against  him  catching  much  fish. 
Her  ladyship  caught  him  once  more  on  the  potatoe  trap,  and 
another  on  the  snout,  and  got  clear  away. 

Seventh  round. — On  time  being  called,  it  was  evident  the 
biting  was  all  over,  and  he  had  not  a  shadow  of  a  chance  of 
winning ;  having  got  his  tackle  ravelled,  he  gave  up  licked.  I 
then  threw  up  the  gentle  bag  in  token  of  defeat,  and  Mrs.  Eish 
was  hailed  the  winner.  Thus  ended  one  of  the  worst  exhibitions 
of  fishing  I  ever  saw.  Only  fourteen  sprats  were  caught,  which 
did  not  weigh  in  all  above  two  pounds.  The  gent  said  it  was 
not  a  Eoach  fishing  day,  that  the  sun  was  too  bright — a  common 
excuse  with  anglers  when  they  get  Hcked  by  their  own  bad 
judgment. 

There  are  some  writers  on  angling  who  recommend  this  ground 
bait,  with  several  other  additions  to  it,  for  all  sorts  of  fish  that 
require  ground  baiting  ;  but  I  am  of  opinion  that  it  is  a  piece 
of  advice  given  without  knowledge.  I  will  state  a  few  facts, 
and  leave  them  to  the  judgment  of  my  readers.  In  the  first 
place,  if  you  have  baited  a  place  with  gentles  for  Eoach,  what 
bait  do  you  fancy  will  catch  him  best  after  such  a  baiting  ? 
"What  do  you  think  of  the  worm  ?  do  you  think  it  would  catch 
him  better  than  any  other  bait  ?  No,  certainly  not.  He  would 
not  takd  it ;  gentles  would  be  the  best.  Yery  well,  suppose 
you  bait  a  place  with  worms,  should  you  fish  it  with  gentles  ? 
By  no  means.  Now,  say  you  bait  a  place  with  greaves,  and 
anotlier  person  comes  three  or  four  hours  after  you,  and  gives 
the  fish  two  or  three  quarts  of  gentles,  and  another  follows  and 
throws  in  a  lot  of  worms,  what  bait  would  you  fish  with  next 
day  ?  You  cannot  tell,  nor  can  you  invent  one  which  the  fish 
will  take,  Then  suppose  you  bait  a  place  with  bran,  soaked 
bread,  and  gentles,  you  would  not  think  of  fishing  with  worms ; 
it  would  be  absurd  to  do  so.  Well,  take  the  London  style  of 
ground  bait  altogether,  and  add  what  more  you  like,  what  bait 
would  you  put  on  your  hook  ?  G-entles,  you  say,  why  not  fish  with 
the  worm  ?     Because  they  would  not  take  it  so  well  you  reply. 


97 

Then,  I  ask,  what  is  the  use  of  throwing  in  worms,  or  any  other 
sort  of  bait,  if  they  prefer  gentles  to  all  the  rest.  I  cannot  tell 
what  purpose  this  mixed  medley  serves.  The  very  person  who 
recommends  it,  tells  the  angler  to  see  that  no  one  cross  bait  the 
place  after  him,  while  the  mess  of  itself  is  a  cross  baiting.  I 
am  certain,  if  any  angler  ever  did  catch  fish  after  a  baiting  of 
of  this  sort,  that  he  would  kill  ten  times  as  many  if  he  baited 
and  fished  with  one  kind  of  bait.  I  have  not  made  these  remarks 
with  an  ill  feeling  towards  any  one,  and  I  should  be  sorry  if  it 
would  be  taken  in  that  light.  The  sole  purpose  I  have  in  view 
Id  writing  this  book,  is  to  give  the  result  of  my  own  long 
experience  on  fishing,  so  as  to  benefit  the  angling  fraternity. 

In  fishing  with  creed  malt  and  wheat,  the  same  tackle  may  be 
used  as  that  recommended  for  gentles,  but  the  hook  should  be 
'No.  12,  instead  of  No.  10.  Ifc  is  a  grand  point,  not  only  in 
Eoach  fishing,  but  also  in  every  description  of  angling,  to  tell 
the  likeliest  places  in  which  to  find  the  fish  at  different  times  of 
the  year.  For  these  baits  the  water  must  be  clear,  and  a  gentle 
swdm  from  three  to  five  feet  deep.  Let  your  hook  be  short  in 
the  shank,  and  lapped  on  with  silk,  so  that  you  may  bury  it  in 
the  bait.  Get  the  right  depth,  allowing  your  bait  to  swim  two 
or  three  inches  from  the  bottom.  Sit  down  and  be  very  stilL 
Take  a  few  grains  in  your  hand  and  pick  the  whole  ones  out, 
throwing  the  remainder  in  two  or  three  yards  above  where  you 
sit.  Now  put  on  a  bait  and  make  a  cast.  Keep  your  line 
behind  the  float,  so  that  the  bait  may  swim  first,  and  allow  the 
float  to  swim  as  steady  as  possible,  for  if  it  goes  tottering  along 
the  bait  will  go  through  the  same  movements,  making  it  more 
difficult  to  catch  this  shy  fish  when  the  water  is  clear.  If  they 
come  on  to  bite,  give  them  a  few  more  grains  every  ten  minutes. 
"When  you  hook  a  good  fish,  keep  it  under  the  water,  and  get 
it  out  of  the  place  where  they  are  biting  as  quickly  as  possible, 
landing  the  fish  above  where  you  sit  without  getting  up, 
for  your  success  depends  much  on  your  being  quiet  and  still  on 
the  bank. 

The  same  rod  and  line  will  suit  fishing  with  red  and  white 

H 


paste,  but  the  float  should  be  smaller,  and  the  hook  T^o.  10. 
It  does  not  matter  much  about  the  colour  of  the  water,  so  long 
as  it  is  not  too  thick.  For  my  own  part,  I  prefer  it  being  a 
little  coloured.  If  it  is  so,  a  water  of  three  feet  deep  will  be 
quite  sufficient.  I  should  recommend  you  to  take  both  baits 
with  you  for  summer  fishing,  for  the  fish  will  sometimes  take 
one  and  then  the  other,  and  the  change  will  often  work  a  difierence. 
Select  a  water  nearly  still,  for  if  there  is  a  move  either  one  way 
or  the  other  it  will  be  sufficient.  Get  the  depth,  allowing  the 
bait  to  swim  two  inches  from  the  bottom.  Sit  down  of  course 
to  Boach  fish,  unless  you  are  fishing  a  great  distance  from  you. 
Chew  a  small  piece  of  white  bread  and  blow  it  in,  if  you  can,  to 
the  place  you  intend  fishing,  and  repeat  this  every  five  minutes. 
You  will  find  this  to  answer  the  purpose  better  than  throwing 
in  two  or  three  lumps  the  size  of  a  potatoe.  If  the  fish  don't 
come  on  to  bite  in  twenty  minutes,  I  should  advise  you  to  seek 
another  place ;  but  before  you  leave,  see  that  you  have  been 
fishing  the  place  properly.  One  little  manoeuvre  will  make  a 
difierence.  Alter  your  float  a  little  higher  or  a  little  lower,  fish 
closer  in  or  further  out ;  throw  in  a  little  more  ground  bait  in 
another  place.  Give  the  place  a  fair  trial,  then  if  you  find  the 
fish  do  not  bite  seek  another.  White  paste  is  an  excellent  bait 
for  Eoach  all  through  the  winter  till  April. 

The  worm  is  more  suited  for  winter  fishing  for  Eoach  than 
for  summer  fishing,  although  I  know  several  places  on  the  Trent 
where  Koach  take  the  worm  well  in  August  and  September, 
but  I  consider  October  and  IN'ovember  as  good  or  even  better 
than  any  other  two  months  in  the  year  for  Eoach  fishing  with 
the  worm.  I  have,  however,  caught  Eoach  in  eTery  month  of 
the  winter  when  the  water  was  as  clear  as  gm,  and  freezing 
sharp,  and  also  when  there  has  been  a  rise  of  water  and  coloured. 
In  winter  if  you  fish  when  the  water  has  risen,  it  must  be  when 
it  is  caused  by  rain,  and  not  by  "  snow-broth"  as  it  is  called.  It 
matters  not  how  fine  the  water  is,  so  long  as  snow  remains  in 
it  fishing  is  useless.  If  the  water  be  risen,  and  a  little  coloured, 
seek  a  gentle  swim,  with  a  sandy  or  gravelly  bottom,  and  from 


99 

two  to  four  feet  of  water.  If  the  water  should  be  fine  and  low, 
from  three  to  six  feet  deep  will  be  a  suitable  depth.  The  sarae 
rod  and  line  will  do  for  this  bait  as  the  last  mentioned.  The 
float  should  be  as  small  as  possible,  and  the  hook  a  No.  8.  You 
should  fish  with  a  cockspur  worm,  but  any  kind  of  red  worm 
will  suit  for  ground  bait.  There  is  a  worm  that  we  call  the 
leen-worm  ;  it  is  of  a  blood  red  colour,  and  about  three  inches 
in  length,  not  very  tough,  but  it  is  the  best  ground  bait  that 
can  be  used  for  Roach.  Get  the  depth  so  as  to  allow  your  bait 
just  to  miss  the  bottom.  Cut  three  or  four  red  worms  into  bits 
the  size  of  peas.  You  cannot  cut  them  too  small  for  Eoach. 
If  you  are  going  to  fish  a  gentle  stream,  allow  two  or  three 
yards  for  the  worms  to  swim  before  they  get  to  the  bottom. 
Now  make  a  cast  and  see  that  your  bait  follows  the  ground  bait 
to  a  nicety.  I  have  often  found  the  fish  bite  better  in  the 
middle  of  winter  without  throwing  anything  in.  At  least  I 
always  try  to  catch  them  without  ground  baiting,  and  if  they  do 
not  bite,  I  give  them  only  a  few  worms,  as  I  know  a  little  will 
satisfy  them  when  the  water  is  cold. 


THE   DACE. 


After  the  many  days'  good  sport  I  have  had  with  this  little 
fish,  and  the  thousands  I  have  caught,  I  cannot  do  less  than 
say  a  few  words  about  him.  I  believe  him  to  be  the  keenest 
and  boldest  biter  of  the  finny  tribe.  It  indeed  is  surprising 
to  see  how  he  will  smash  a  nice  red  worm  without  even  touching 
the  hook.  I  have  seen  Dace  bite  every  swim  when  the  water 
was  clear  and  low,  and  the  sun  bright,  and  nibble  the  last  bit 
of  worm  off  the  hook,  and  yet  escape  being  caught ;  but  when 
the  day  is  cloudy  and  the  water  coloured,  his  bite  is  sure,  and 
if  you  are  smart  you  may  catch  nearly  every  one  that  nibble. 
He  will  rise  at  a  fly  boldly,  and  I  have  often  caught  three  and 
four  at  a  cast,  but  sometimes  you  will  not  be  able  to  catch  one ; 
his  eye  is  good,  and  he  can  detect  the  deception  you  are  using 
in  a  moment.  If  any  one  is  desirous  to  become  a  good  bottom 
fisher,  let  him  practice  fishing  for  Dace ;  he  can  learn  the  art  of 
angling  sooner  and  better  by  fishing  for  Dace  with  the  worm 
than  for  any  other.  The  first  four  years  of  my  angling  experience 
was  devoted  almost  entirely  to  Dace  fishing,  and  I  can  assure 
you,  had  I  not  done  so,  I  should  not  have  known  how  to  kill  the 
finny  tribe  half  so  well  as  I  do  at  present.  I  have  caught  every 
description  of  fresh  water  fish  in  one  day's  Dace  fishing  with  the 
cockspur.  I  once  caught  a  Euffe,  and  in  the  very  next  cast  a 
Chub  six  pounds  weight  with  the  same  bait,  and  it  is  the 
uncertainty  of  telling  what  fish  may  bite  next,  that  makes  Dace 
fishing  so  amusing  and  exciting- 


101 

Dace  spawn  in  the  latter  end  of  March,  in  a  gentle  stream 
with  a  sandy  bottom.  This  is  the  only  fish  that  I  know  that 
will  bite  while  spawning.  I  have  seen  them  in  thousands  together 
on  sand  beds  at  this  season  rise  at  the  fly,  and  bite  at  the  worm 
as  fast  as  you  could  throw  in.  Some  will  be  caught  just  after 
p^trting  with  their  spawn,  but  I  have  seen  the  spawn  run  away 
in  a  stream  the  moment  they  were  touched.  But  it  is  not 
sportsmanlike  tor  anglers  always  to  catch  fish  when  they  can. 
Give  them  sufficient  time  to  recover  from  spawning,  say  one 
month,  and  then  it  will  take  all  the  skill  you  possess  to  catch  them. 

As  soon  as  Dace  have  done  spawning,  they  make  their  way  to 
a  sharp  stream  with  a  gravelly  bottom  to  scour  and  clean  them- 
selves. This  occupies  the  best  part  of  April.  IFrom  the 
beginning  of  May  till  the  end  of  September,  they  will  be  found 
in  deeper  water,  but  always  a  good  stream.  They  do  not  like 
still  waters  during  the  summer  months.  In  October,  when  the 
frosty  nights  set  in,  they  retire  to  a  gentle  swim,  from  two  to 
four  feet  deep,  with  a  sandy  or  fine  gravelly  bottom,  where  they 
will  continue  all  winter.  Dace  will. bite  when  it  freezes  in  very 
slow  and  languid  streams. 

The  best  months  for  Dace  fishing  are  those  from  July  till 
November  inclusive,  but  the  fish  will  bite  at  certain  baits  more 
or  less  every  month  in  the  year,  but  in  my  opinion  the  best 
months  are  those  which  I  have  referred  to,  because  after  Novem- 
ber Dace  fishing  is  far  from  being  certain,  especially  if  a  little 
snow  should  get  into  the  water.  If  so,  cold  worms  do  not  very 
well  agree  with  them  ;  in  fact,  a  very  little  food  of  any  sort  will 
satisfy  them  in  the  winter  months.  Dace  are  caught  with  many 
kinds  of  baits,  and  anglers  differ  much  in  their  opinions  as  to 
which  are  best.  The  principal  baits  used  are  the  cad-bait, 
straw-bait,  wasp-grub,  gentles,  grains,  creed  malt  and  wheat, 
flies,  and  worms  ;  but,  in  my  opinion,  if  you  were  to  fish  with 
five  hundred  different  sorts  of  baits  you  would  find  none  equal 
to  flies  and  worms.  There  is  no  doubt  but  Dace  will  take  all 
the  above-mentioned  baits,  but  even  when  they  will  take  any 
of  the  first  seven,  the  last  two  will  catch  them  better  than  aU 


102 

the  others  ;  so,  at  least,  I  have  always  found.  An  occurrence, 
which  I  shall  here  relate,  will  give  you  a  hint  or  two  about  worm 
fishing  for  Dace.  I  remember  going  to  "Willington,  a  noted 
locality  on  the  Trent  for  angling,  some  seven  miles  from  the 
town  of  Derby,  to  fish  a  [[capital  place  for  Barbel.  Before  I 
stcirted  I  looked  at  the  weathercock  (as  all  anglers  should  do) 
to  see  if  the  wind  was  right,  and  finding  it  was,  off  I  went. 
When  I  got  to  within  two  hundred  yards  of  the  place,  I  met 
a  fisherman  returning  home.  He  said,  "  It  is  no  go,  the  fish 
won't  bite  this  morning.  I  have  been  fishing  since  five  o'clock, 
and  now  I  suppose  it  is  ten,  but  I  have  not  had  a  single  bite  ; 
the  water  is  too  clear.  If  I  were  you  I  should  go  home,  for  I 
am  sure  it  is  no  use  fishing."  I  said,  "  It  will  never  do  for  me  to 
go  back  after  walking  seven  miles,  without  having  a  try ;  I 
must  be  convinced  as  you  have  been."  "  Well,"  he  said,  "  I  will 
go  down  with  you,  but  I  doubt  you  will  do  no  good."  So  we 
went  away  together.  I  was  quickly  tackled  out,  and  I  think  I 
never  felt  more  confident  in  my  life,  for  I  saw  that  everything 
was  in  my  favour.  I  got  the  depth,  threw  in  a  few  worms,  and 
in  the  second  swim  killed  a  Barbel  three  pounds  weight,  and  five 
more  very  quickly,  all  of  which  the  fisherman  landed,  expressing 
great  astonishment.  "  Barbel  bite  well,"  he  said,  "  that  is  certain, 
but  I  have  been  fishing  for  Dace,  and  it  is  a  great  certainty  they 
won't  bite.''  "  Well,"  I  said,  "  if  you  will  wait  a  short  time 
longer,  I  will  go  with  you  and  try  the  place  you  have  been  fishing." 
"  Very  well,"  he  answered,  "  I  shall  bet  you  two  glasses  of  ale 
you  don't  catch  two  dace]  out^of  the  place  in  half  an  hour."  I 
agreed  to  this,  and  after  I  had  caught  twelve  Barbel,  I  found 
I  had  got  as  much  as  I  could  carry,  so  I  tied  up  the];basket 
handles  and  went  with  him  to  the  place  that  had  licked  him. 
As  soon  as  I  got  to  the  spot,  I  asked  him  what  baits  he  had 
been  fishing  with.  He  answered  that  he  had  first  tried  gentles, 
and  then  the  worm,  but  never  had  a  bite.  I  took  off  the  Barbel 
tackle  and  put  on  suitable  tackle^  and  [float]  for^Dace  fishing. 
I  then  asked  him  to  give  me  what  worms  he  had  left,  which  he 
did,  and  offered  to  double  the  bet,  to  which  I  agreed.     He  took 


103 

out  his  watch  to  time  me,  and  in  the  first  fifteen  minutes  I 
caught  eight  fine  Dace  ;  by  the  time  the  half  hour  was  up,  I  had 
caught  twenty.  I  had  no  occasion  to  speak  a  word,  for  I  never 
saw  a  man  so  stunned  ;  the  colour  went  from  his  face,  and  he 
stood  aghast.  At  last  he  said,  "  You  may  fancy  how  disgusted 
I  feel  with  myself  at  my  conceit  in  thinking  I  was  a  fisherman, 
and  that  because  I  could  not  catch  them  no  one  else  could. 
Now  you  have  taken  the  worms  from  the  same  bag  and  caught 
this  lot  of  Dace.  I  will  sell  off  my  fishing  tackle  this  very  day, 
and  renounce  the  craft  for  ever."  I  told  him  not  to  be  too 
hasty,  and  that  it  only  required  a  little  practice  to  make  him  a 
good  angler ;  but  he  would  hear  no  reason,  so  I  put  the  Dace  in 
his  basket,  lapped  up  my  tackle,  and  went  to  get  the  glasses. 
In  all  my  fishing  excursions,  I  never  saw  a  man  so  much  amazed 
as  he  was.  I  have  seen  him  several  times  since,  but  he  says 
he  will  never  make  another  attempt  at  fishing  so  long  as  he  lives. 

You  may  ground  bait  for  Dace  the  day  before  you  fish,  with 
five  or  six  hundred  dew  worms,  but  you  must  remember  when 
you  are  baiting  for  Dace,  you  are  doing  the  same  for  all  other 
kinds  of  fish,  for  there  is  not  a  single  fish  that  swims  in  fresh 
water  but  will  more  or  less  take  the  bait. 

The  Eod  for  Dace  fishing  should  be  twelve  feet  long,  and 
very  light,  the  lighter  the  better,  if  the  action  be  in  the  right 
place,  and  it  strikes  sharp  from  the  top.  A  three-inch  common 
reel,  varnished  to  keep  the  rain  from  swelling  the  wood,  is  most 
suitable.  One  hundred  yards  of  line  for  this  style  of  fishing 
should  weigh  three  drams,  not  a  fraction  more,  else  it  will  be 
too  thick.  Your  tackle  should  be  fine  gut,  one  yard  long,  and 
your  hook  No.  8.  Let  the  bottom  shot  be  one  foot  from  the 
hook.  You  will  require  a  quill  float,  but  the  size  must  be 
regulated  according  to  the  stream  and  the  depth  of  water  in 
which  you  are  going  to  fish,  but  it  should  be  always  as  small 
as  possible. 

THE  AET  OF  BOTTOM  FISHING  FOR  DACE. 

When  the  water  is  clear  and  low  in  summer,  select  a  swim  from 


104 

four  to  eight  feet  deep,  with  the  stream  no  stronger  than  will 
prevent  your  fishing  with  a  turkey  or  swan  quill  float,  that  will 
carry  not  more  than  six  or  seven  b.b.  shot.  Never  use  a  cork 
float  for  Dace  fishing.  If  you  fish  with  the  line  I  have  recom- 
mended, you  will  find  a  four  shot  float  sufficiently  large  to  fish 
Dace  swims  in  general.  For  summer  fishing  I  would  advise 
you  to  fish  with  the  tail  end  of  a  well-scoured  female  lob.  This 
worm  wears  better  and  stands  more  tugging  than  the  cockspur, 
and  Dace  will  take  it  as  well,  or  perhaps  better,  in  the  summer 
months,  though  not  from  October  to  March.  See  that  your 
baits  are  well  scoured  in  moss,  but  the  worms  you  intend  throwing 
in  or  using  as  ground  bait  are  better  unscoured,  as  it  is  desirable 
to  have  the  worms  for  the  hook  in  better  condition  than  the 
ground  bait.  I  shall  suppose  you  are  going  to  fish  a  water  six 
feet  deep,  but  don't  make  the  attempt  unless  the  wind  is  at  your 
back.  If  it  does  not  do  so  on  one  side  of  the  river  go  to  the 
other.  This  is  always  a  great  point,  and,  indeed,  it  is  impossible 
for  any  one  to  fish  for  Dace  with  the  wind  blowing  in  his  face, 
or  down  the  river.  Now  get  the  depth,  letting  the  bait  swim 
as  close  to  the  bottom  as  possible  without  touching  it,  and  fish 
that  part  of  the  swim  that  has  the  levellest  bottom.  Although 
your  float  should  go  under  in  one  place  you  may  not  be  too  deep, 
for  it  may  be  a  bunch  of  weeds  or  a  large  stone  in  the  swim 
that  catches  your  hook.  Lift  your  float  and  let  it  swim  again, 
and  then  you  will  see  whether  it  is  the  bottom,  or  anything  foul 
lying  upon  it,  that  brought  your  float  down.  If  it  should  be 
merely  a  stone,  or  a  lump  of  something  or  other,  and  you  put 
shallower  to  miss  it,  you  may  be  fishing  with  your  bait  perhaps 
a  foot  from  the  bottom.  This  is  a  common  reason  why  anglers 
return  home  with  empty  baskets,  and  you  must  therefore 
remember  to  examine  the  bottom  well  before  you  commence 
fishing,  and  avoid  the  foul  places  by  going  a  little  above  or  below, 
for  unless  you  have  a  level  bottom  your  chance  is  but  a  poor 
one.  I  remember  fishing  a  Dace  swim  with  a  gentleman  on  a 
foul  bottom.  I  could  not  imagine  what  lay  on  the  bottom, 
but  it  was  certain  there  was  something  standing  at  least  a  foot 


105 

high,  and  about  half  way  down  the  stream.  "We  would  have 
stood  five  or  six  yards  higher  up  or  lower  down,  but  we 
could  not,  as  we  were  fishing  in  a  hole  several  feet  deep, 
with  only  about  three  feet  of  water  above  and  below  it.  "We 
were  therefore  compelled  to  keep  our  ground.  I  got  the  right 
depth  of  the  hole,  and  every  time  the  float  got  to  the  spot  I 
put  a  little  pressure  on,  and  allowed  the  under  current  to  lift 
the  tackle  and  bait  over  the  foul  place,  and  then  let  it  swim 
again.  Strange  as  it  may  seem,  nearly  every  fish  bit  as  soon 
as  the  bait  fell  on  the  other  side  of  the  lump.  I  killed  about 
twenty  Dace  and  two  Barbel  before  my  friend  caught  a  single 
fish.  He  could  not  understand  what  the  matter  was,  as  he  was 
fishing  the  same  swim  with  the  same  sort  of  tackle  and  bait  as 
I  was.  I  suspected  what  was  wrong,  and  asked  him  to  measure 
depths.  We  did  so,  and  he  was  twelve  or  fourteen  inches 
shallower  than  I  was.  I  explained  to  him  that  he  had  mistaken 
the  foul  place  for  the  bottom,  and  that  his  bait  was  not  near 
the  fish.  He  was  not  the  only  one  who  has  been  licked  by  an 
uneven  bottom  ;  it  is  a  common  occurrence,  and  unless  you  can 
make  sure  that  you  are  fishing  the  proper  depth,  you  will  never 
be  a  successful  angler. 

"We  will  suppose  the  bottom  is  level,  and  that  you  have  got 
the  depth.  "Well,  then,  cut  five  or  six  dew  worms  into  small 
particles,  and  throw  in  above  where  you  stand  to  fish,  but  how 
many  yards  above  you  I  can't  tell.  You  must  regulate  that 
according  to  the  stream  and  depth  of  water ;  but  if  it  be  six  feet 
of  water  you  are  going  to  fish,  and  be  what  w^e  call  a  steady  swim, 
two  or  three  yards  above  you  will  be  sufficient.  If  the  water 
runs  about  the  same  depth  eight  or  ten  yards  below  where  you 
stand  to  fish,  and  the  ground  bait  swims  that  distance,  it  does 
not  matter,  as  you  can  with  care  let  your  float  swim  after  it 
with  that  fine  line.  In  fact,  the  further  away  you  fish  the  better, 
as  the  water  is  clear.  Put  about  an  inch  of  the  tail  end  of  a 
well-scoured  female  lob  on  the  hook,  and  make  a  cast  the  same 
distance  in  as  you  have  thrown  the  ground  bait,  so  that  your 
bait  may  follow  exactly  in  the  same  direction.     Let  the  line 


106 

swim  behind  the  float,  so  that  the  bait  goes  on  first.  Be  careful 
always  to  keep  your  running  line  free,  for  although  you  are  Dace 
fishing,  a  Barbel  or  any  other  large  fish  might  come,  and  if  your 
line  is  not  clear,  you  may  guess  the  consequences.  If  the  fish 
come  on  to  bite  at  once,  fish  until  they  get  rather  backward, 
and  then  give  them  a  little  more  minced  worm,  but  take  care 
to  throw  it  in  exactly  where  you  threw  the  first  lot.  Be  careful 
how  you  strike  with  this  tackle.  Hit  short  and  quick,  and  if  a 
good  fish  should  pay  you  a  visit,  and  break  your  line  or  tackle, 
never  talk  about  it,  for  you  would  for  your  pains  be  called  a 
"duffer  only;"  but  be  more  cautious  for  the  future. 

When  there  is  a  rise  of  water,  and  it  is  coloured,  your  only 
chance  is  to  fish  in  shallows.  If  it  is  coloured  so  much  that 
you  cannot  see  more  than,  say,  six  inches  down,  then  select  a 
slow  swim  of  from  two  to  three  feet  deep,  on  a  gravelly  bottom. 
In  this  state  of  the  water  the  fish  are  close  to  the  side,  and  will 
bite  there  if  you  stand  well  back,  and  keep  quiet,  for  you  must 
know  that  the  least  shake  on  the  bank  sends  all  the  fish  off"  in  a 
moment.  Ton  cannot  be  too  still  when  fishing  a  place  of  this 
sort.  Fish  in  the  same  style  as  recommended  for  clear  water, 
but  a  three  shot  float  will  be  large  enough,  and  you  will  catch 
them  better  with  half  the  quantity  of  ground  bait.  Two,  or  not 
more  than  three,  dew  worms  cut  very  small  will  be  quite  suffi- 
cient at  a  time.  If  you  wish  to  fish  places  of  this  sort,  you 
should  look  out  when  the  water  is  low  for  level  spots,  free  of 
rubbish.  Mark  them,  and  you  will  then  know  where  to  go 
when  the  water  has  risen. 


THE    GUDGEON. 


This  is  a  well-made  little  fish,  and  is  considered  by  most 
people  to  be  excellent  eating  when  nicely  cooked.  Although 
he  is  diminutive,  there  are  many  very  partial  to  angling  for  him. 
The  Londoners  enjoy  Gudgeon  fishing  very  much ;  the  ladies 
in  particular  are  very  clever  in  capturing  him,  and  seem  to  take 
as  much  delight  in  angling  for  him  as  the  gents. 

Gudgeon  deposit  their  spawn  in  the  middle  of  May,  seeking 
for  that  purpose  a  shallow  stream  with  from  eight  to  ten  inches 
of  water.  I  have  seen  them  in  thousands  together  at  this  time 
of  the  year.  They  seem  to  prefer  a  fine  gravelly  bottom  for 
spawning  to  any  other.  I  never  saw  them,  while  performing 
this  operation,  on  a  sandy,  or  a  rough  gravelly  bottom ;  they 
select  a  medium  between  the  two.  They  are  not  long  in  com- 
pleting the  process — something  like  five  or  six  days  will  take 
them  clean  away,  and  then  they  will  begin  to  bite  in  a  fortnight 
after.  Some  writers  are  of  opinion  that  Gudgeon  spawn  two 
or  three  times  a  year,  but  this  is  a  mistake  ;  I  feel  perfectly 
satisfied  it  is.  No  fresh  water  fish  do  or  can  breed  twice  a  year, 
and  once  is  quite  sufficient  to  keep  all  the  rivers  and  ponds  well 
stocked,  providing  we  could  put  a  stop  to  the  netting.  This  is 
the  angler's  greatest  enemy,  and  there  ought  to  be  a  law  made 
to  put  it  down  altogether.  The  poachers  who  use  this  means 
of  capturing  fish,  not  only  catch  the  fish  in  an  unfair  and 
cowardly  manner,  but  drag  weeds  and  spawn  out,  and  leave  them 


108 

on  the  bank.  I  cry  shame  on  all  the  netting  fraternity.  At 
all  seasons  it  is  a  mean  and  unsportsmanlike  method  of  catching 
fish,  but  at  the  spawning  season  it  is  doubly  despicable. 

There  are  writers  on  angling  also  who  fancy  that  Gudgeon 
migrate  at  spawning  time,  but  this  I  believe  to  be  mere  fancy, 
for  they  do  nothing  of  the  kind.  I  have  watched  the  fish  for 
hours  together,  and  I  could  see  nothing  like  migratory  habits. 
The  bottom  they  live  on  in  spring  is  always  close  to  their 
spawning  beds,  so  that  they  do  not  migrate  above  twenty  yards, 
if  that  can  be  called  migration.  In  ponds,  lakes,  and  canals, 
they  might  show  symptoms  of  these  habits.  They  can  live  and 
thrive  without  a  stream  eleven  months  in  the  year,  but  if  there 
is  a  stream  to  be  found,  be  it  ever  so  small,  they  will  seek  and 
find  it  in  the  spawning  season.  It  is  a  continual  change  of 
water  they  want,  and  this  is  all  they  seem  to  migrate  for.  I  have 
seen  them  caught  with  the  net,  half  a  peck  at  a  cast,  and  put 
into  a  bucket  of  water  for  baits,  and  die  almost  immediately  for 
want  of  a  continual  supply  of  fresh  water.  All  they  migrate 
for  is  a  change  of  water. 

The  best  months  for  Grudgeon  fishing  are  July,  August,  and 
September,  though  they  will  bite  more  or  less  all  the  year  round, 
but  not  so  well  as  during  the  above  months.  But  there  are 
very  few  who  would  care  about  Grudgeon  in  the  winter  months, 
even  if  they  were  to  bite  every  swim ;  the  excitement  they  afford 
is  not  sufficient  to  keep  one  warm.  If  you  should  catch  any  in 
the  winter  months,  you  will  find  them  much  more  eatable  than 
they  are  in  summer. 

The  best  baits  for  Grudgeon  are  gentles  and  worms — the 
cockspur,  or  red  worm,  is  the  best.  There  are  several  other 
baits  that  will  catch  them,  but  none  so  well  as  these.  Gentles 
for  the  early  parts  of  summer,  and  worms  for  the  latter  end,  and 
all  through  the  winter.  In  my  opinion  the  cockspur  is  the  best 
bait  you  can  fish  with  all  the  year  round,  for  when  Gudgeon  will 
take  grubs  of  any  sort,  I  have  found  they  will  take  the  worm 
fully  as  well  or  better  than  any  other  bait ;  but  I  would  recom- 
mend you  for  summer  fishing  always  to  take  gentles  and  worms 


109 

with  you,  for  if  they  should  not  fancy  the  one,  perhaps  the 
other  might  tempt  them. 

A  rod  ten  feet  long  will  be  sufficient  for  Gudgeon  fishing, 
as  light  as  possible,  with  plenty  of  spring  in  it.  1  don't  mean 
weak  in  the  middle,  but  a  rod  each  part  of  which  will  bear  an 
equal  share  of  the  labour,  and  that  will  strike  sharp  from  the 
top.  A  rod  light  at  the  top  and  stiff  in  the  middle  is  of  no  use 
whatever,  when  you  are  fishing  with  a  light  tackle.  I  would 
recommend  a  two  and  a  half  inch  wood  reel  that  runs  freely, 
for  sometimes  a  Barbel  will  take  a  fancy  to  your  nice  red  worm, 
and  unless  you  have  a  free  running  reel,  you  know  what  would 
happen.  The  line  recommended  for  Eoach  fishing  will  be  just 
the  thing  to  fish  for  Gudgeon  with,  but  always  keep  sufficient  on 
the  reel  in  case  a  large  fish  should  bite.  I  remember  fishing 
a  place  for  Gudgeon  with  the  worm,  and  was  agreeably  surprised 
to  find  a  shoal  of  large  Perch  in  the  swim.  Two  out  of  the 
first  three  got  away  in  consequence  of  the  hook  being  so  small,  but 
I  quickly  put  on  a  larger  one,  and  soon  captured  them  all ;  then 
the  Gudgeon  came  on  to  bite,  and  in  a  short  time  I  caught  as 
many  as  I  wanted.  Never  use  a  cork  float  for  this  style  of 
fishing,  always  a  quill  one ;  the  smaller  the  better,  if  you  can 
work  with  it.  Your  tackle  should  be  fine  gut,  your  hook  for 
gentles  No  12,  and  for  worms  No.  10.  Let  your  bottom  shot 
be  about  nine  inches  from  the  hook,  but  if  the  stream  is  rapid 
six  or  seven  inches  wiU  be  enough. 

Another  person  and  I  once  laid  a  wager  as  to  which  of  us 
would  catch  the  greatest  number  of  Gudgeon  in  two  hours, 
I  will  here  mention  the  plan  I  adopted  to  win  the  match.  I 
took  a  piece  of  brass  wire  a  foot  long,  and  about  the  thickness 
of  a  common  pin,  and  twisted  a  small  noose  in  the  middle,  and 
another  at  each  end  of  the  wire.  I  then  tied  a  single  gut  with 
a  shot  in  the  middle  to  each  end.  I  put  a  No.  10  hook  on  each, 
and  baited  them  with  small  cockspurs.  The  wire  was  intended 
to  keep  the  tackle  apart.  I  had  a  rod  about  eight  feet  long, 
and  a  piece  of  line  the  same  length.  I  put  on  a  small  quill 
float,  and  then  tied  the  line  to  the  noose  in  the  middle  of  the 


110 

wire,  which  made  my  tackle  complete.  I  then  put  on  a  pair  of 
water  boots  and  walked  into  a  gentle  stream  to  the  thigh,  stirring 
up  the  mud  with  my  feet,  and  continuing  to  do  so  that  the 
water  might  not  get  clear.  In  about  a  minute  after  I  commenced 
a  shoal  of  G-udgeon  rushed  up  to  the  muddy  water,  close  to  my 
feet.  I  caught  them  like  fury,  often  two  at  a  time,  and  rarely  a 
swim  without  one.  In  the  two  hours  I  caught  ninety-six,  and 
my  opponent  forty-three.  If  you  should  be  hard  up  for  Pike 
baits  at  any  time,  adopt  this  plan  for  catching  Q-udgeon,  and 
you  can  take  them  in  any  quantity  all  through  the  summer, 
when  the  water  is  clear. 

G-udgeon  swims  are  most  likely  to  be  found  on  the  shallow 
side  of  the  river,  or  at  the  top  or  bottom  of  a  deep  water. 
Tou  will  find  Gudgeon  in  a  brisk  stream  with  a  gravelly  bottom 
from  two  to  four  feet  deep.  Q-enerally  speaking,  if  the  water 
be  clear,  three  feet  will  be  deep  enough.  "When  you  have 
found  a  suitable  stream,  get  the  right  depth  with  or  without 
the  plummet,  allowing  the  bait  to  swim  as  close  to  the  bottom 
as  possible  without  touching.  This  done,  take  about  twenty 
small  gentles,  and  if  you  can  throw  them  in  high  enough  to 
sink  in  the  swim  do  so,  but  if  the  stream  is  rapid  put  them  in 
a  piece  of  soft  clay  and  drop  it  in  at  the  top  of  the  swim.  Fish 
with  a  better  quality  than  those  you  ground  bait  with.  Let 
your  hook  be  lapped  on  with  white  silk,  and  if  your  gentles  be 
a  good  size,  one  will  be  sufficient  to  put  on  the  hook,  if  not  put 
on  two,  one  to  cover  the  shank,  and  the  other  the  bend  of  the 
hook.  K  you  at  e  going  to  fish  from  the  bank,  make  a  cast  the 
same  distance  as  you  have  thrown  the  ground  bait ;  if  from  a 
boat  or  punt,  drop  in  your  tackle  so  that  it  may  take  the  exact 
course  that  the  ground  bait  did.  Keep  your  line  behind  the 
float  and  let  it  swim  as  steady  as  if  there  was  no  line  attached 
to  it.  If  the  fish  begin  to  go  off  the  bite,  throw  in  a  few  more 
gentles,  but  do  not  do  so  if  they  continue  to  bite  well. 

But  worm  fishing  for  G-udgeon,  in  my  opinion,  is  by  far  the 
best.  Every  fresh  water  fish  will  take  the  worm,  and  you  are 
obliged  to  keep  your  running  line  clear  in  case  a  Barbel  or 


Ill 

Trout,  or  a  thumping  Perch,  should  take  a  fancy  to  that  bright 
red  worm  you  are  fishing  with,  and  excellent  sport  it  is,  after 
killing  a  lot  of  small  fry,  to  hook  a  fish  that  will  give  you  a 
run  of  thirty  or  forty  yards.  The  same  rod  and  line  recommended 
for  gentle  fishing  will  do  for  fishing  with  the  worm,  but  the  hook 
should  be  No.  10.  Get  two  or  three  hundred  red  worms  of  all 
sorts  for  ground  bait,  and  one  hundred  well-scoured  cockspurs 
for  the  hook.  Arrange  your  depth  so  that  your  bait  will  just 
miss  the  bottom,  then  mince  five  or  six  red  worms  into  very 
small  bits,  and  if  the  water  is  three  or  four  feet  deep,  and  the 
stream  not  very  rapid,  throw  them  in  three  yards  above  you,  and 
you  will  find  that  the  fish  will  bite  about  two  yards  below  where 
you  stand.  Now  take  a  well-scoured  cockspur  and  put  the  hook 
in  at  the  head  and  carefully  thread  it  to  an  eighth  of  an  inch 
of  the  end  of  the  tail.  You  must  not  run  the  hook  quite  to  the 
tail-end  as  that  would  kill  the  bait  and  take  away  its  attraction. 
Allow  a  little  bit  to  writhe  at  the  point  of  the  hook,  and  if  you 
have  a  sharp  rod  and  a  quick  eye  you  will  catch  nearly  every 
one  that  bites.  Let  your  float  swim  in  the  right  style,  and  give 
the  fish  the  same  treatment  as  for  ground  baiting  that  I  have 
recommended  for  fishing  with  gentles,  and  you  cannot  fail  to 
have  good  sport. 


THE   END. 


T.  FORMAN,  PRINTKR,   " GUARDIAN"  OFFICE,  NOTTINGHAM. 


YB 


f.i;V('''.^/i'  ■>fU&